WO2006020060A2 - Iap binding compounds - Google Patents

Iap binding compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006020060A2
WO2006020060A2 PCT/US2005/025208 US2005025208W WO2006020060A2 WO 2006020060 A2 WO2006020060 A2 WO 2006020060A2 US 2005025208 W US2005025208 W US 2005025208W WO 2006020060 A2 WO2006020060 A2 WO 2006020060A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
groups
ofr
optionally
alkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/025208
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006020060A3 (en
Inventor
Stephen M. Condon
Matthew G. Laporte
Yijun Deng
Susan R. Rippin
Original Assignee
Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation filed Critical Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation
Priority to JP2007521691A priority Critical patent/JP5230865B2/en
Priority to EP05792764.2A priority patent/EP1773766B1/en
Priority to AU2005274937A priority patent/AU2005274937B2/en
Priority to ES05792764.2T priority patent/ES2475207T3/en
Priority to CA2574040A priority patent/CA2574040C/en
Publication of WO2006020060A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006020060A2/en
Publication of WO2006020060A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006020060A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/09Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/12Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D491/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D491/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/147Ortho-condensed systems the condensed system containing one ring with oxygen as ring hetero atom and two rings with nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D491/18Bridged systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D498/16Peri-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06026Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atom, i.e. Gly or Ala
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06034Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms

Definitions

  • Apoptosis programmed cell death, plays a central role in the development and homeostasis of all multi-cellular organisms. Alterations in apoptotic pathways have been implicated in many types of human pathologies, including developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders.
  • Apoptosis is executed primarily by activated caspases, a family of cysteine proteases with aspartate specificity in their substrates.
  • Caspases are produced in cells as catalytically inactive zymogens and must be proteolytically processed to become active proteases during apoptosis. hi normal surviving cells that have not received an apoptotic stimulus, most caspases remain inactive. Even if some caspases are aberrantly activated, their proteolytic activity can be fully inhibited by a family of evolutionarily conserved proteins called IAPs (inhibitors of apoptosis proteins) (Deveraux & Reed, Genes Dev. 13: 239-252,1999).
  • IAPs inhibitors of apoptosis proteins
  • Each of the IAPs contains 1-3 copies of the so-called BIR (baculoviral IAP repeat) domain and directly interacts with and inhibits the enzymatic activity of mature caspases.
  • BIR baculoviral IAP repeat
  • Several distinct mammalian IAPs including XIAP, survivin, and LIVIN/ML-IAP, (Kasof and Gomes, J. Biol. Chem. 276: 3238-3246,2001; Vucic et al. Curr. Biol. 10: 1359-1366,2000; Ashhab et al. FEBS Lett. 495: 56-60,2001), have been identified and they exhibit anti-apoptotic activity in cell culture (Deveraux & Reed, 1999, supra). As IAPs are expressed in most cancer cells, they may directly contribute to tumor progression and subsequent resistance to drug treatment.
  • Smac second mitochondria-derived activator of caspases
  • DIABLO direct IAP binding protein with low pi
  • Verhagen et al. Cell 102: 43- 53,2000 a mitochondrial protein named Smac/DIABLO, synthesized in the cytoplasm, is targeted to the inter-membrane space of mitochondria. Upon apoptotic stimuli, Smac is released from mitochondria back into the cytosol, together with cytochrome c.
  • Smac eliminates the inhibitory effect of multiple IAPs.
  • Smac interacts with all IAPs that have been examined to date, including XIAP, c-IAPl, c- IAP2, ML-IAP, and survivin.
  • Smac appears to be a regulator of apoptosis in mammals.
  • overexpressed IAPs can function to bind Smac and prevent it from binding to XIAP and releasing caspases (Vucic et. al., Biochem. J. 385(Pt 1):11-20, 2005).
  • Smac is synthesized as a precursor molecule of 239 amino acids; the N- terminal 55 residues serve as the mitochondria targeting sequence that is removed after import.
  • the mature form of Smac contains 184 amino acids and behaves as an oligomer in solution.
  • Smac and various fragments of it have been proposed for use as targets for identification of therapeutic agents.
  • the biological activity of Smac is believed to be related to binding of its N-terminal four residues to a featured surface groove in a portion of XIAP referred to as the BIR3 domain. This binding prevents XIAP from exerting its apoptosis-suppressing function in the cell.
  • the N- terminal tetrapeptides from IAP binding proteins of the Drosophila pro-apoptotic proteins Hid, Grim and Reaper are believed to function in the same manner.
  • the BIR domain of an IAP is contacted with the labeled LAP peptide or peptidomimetic to form a complex, and the complex is exposed to a compound to be tested for BIR binding. Displacement of the labeled IAP peptide or peptidomimetic from the complex, if any, by the test compound, is measured.
  • Disadvantages in the use of peptides for in vivo administration as diagnostic or therapeutic agents may include their short half-life due to proteolytic degradation of the peptide in the body, low absorption through intestinal walls, potential immunogenic reactions, as well as expense involved in peptide synthesis. It would be beneficial to prepare non-peptidic IAP binding compounds that have comparable biological activity of bioactive peptides, but possess improved pharmacological properties and are easier or less expensive to synthesize.
  • IAP-binding compounds which may be used to promote apoptosis, while also having the improved properties associated with non- peptide compounds.
  • Such compounds can be used as diagnostic and therapeutic agents in the treatment of apoptosis related conditions.
  • An embodiment of the present invention is a compound, or composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (2):
  • a 1 and A 2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, R la is H or a methyl group; R ⁇ is an alkyl or aryl group; X 1 is -O-,-S-,-CH 2 -, or-NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X 1 is -CH 2 -, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R 2 is a detectable label or is :
  • M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group
  • G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R 2d )- where R 2( j is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O) m - where m is 0, 1, or 2; and R 10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound, or composition including a compound, of the general formula (3):
  • a 1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group
  • R la and R ⁇ are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A 1 together with either R 1 a or R 11 , form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms
  • Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or R 10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R 10 ; Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamin
  • X 2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rj 1 , R' ⁇ , R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently Rn, R' ⁇ , R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R 11 , R' ⁇ , R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfRi 4-17
  • Another embodiment is compound, or a composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (5)
  • a 1 is H, or lower alkyl
  • R la is H
  • R ⁇ is lower alkyl group
  • Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups
  • Z la and Zi b are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group
  • M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR 18 - and R 18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group
  • R 10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
  • Rn, R' ⁇ , R 12 , any of R 13-17 , or any of R 14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R 11 , R' 11; R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R 11 , R' ⁇ , R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 are acy
  • the present invention is compound, or a composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (5)
  • a 1 is H, or lower alkyl
  • R la is H
  • R ⁇ is lower alkyl group
  • Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups
  • Z la and Zw 3 are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group
  • M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR 18 - and R 18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group
  • R 1O is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or
  • R 11 , R' 11; R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently Rn, R' ⁇ , Ri 2> any OfR 13-17 , or any of R 14- I 7 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R 11 , R' ⁇ , R 12 , any of R 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alken
  • IAP binding molecules can bind to a variety of IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins). These molecules may be monomers or dimers and may also include a detectable label or therapeutic moiety and can be formulated as pharmaceutical or diagnostic compositions containing these molecules. Methods for using these compounds as therapeutic and diagnostic agents are also described.
  • the IAP binding molecules of the present invention can permeate, be transfected, or otherwise be actively or passively transported into cells and can be used to displace IAPs from other proteins like caspases or Smac in cells. At least a portion of the LAP binding-cargo molecule binds to a BIR domain of an LAP.
  • the IAP binding cargo molecule may provide a therapeutic effect for a cell proliferation disorder and can include additional therapeutic, diagnostic, or other substituents in the molecule.
  • Embodiments of the LAP binding molecules include derivatives of pyrrolidine that bind to a BLR domain of an LAP.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include LAP binding cargo molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the general structure of formula (2):
  • a 1 and A 2 can independently be hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, R la can be H or a methyl group;
  • R 1I3 may be an alkyl or aryl group, in some embodiments Rn, is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or ethenyl group;
  • X 1 can be -O-,-S-,-CH 2 -, or-NH- group, and J can be -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X 1 is -CH 2 -, or an -NH- group;
  • Y can be H, or an alkyl group;
  • Z can be H, -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group, in some embodiments Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy,
  • R 2a can be an aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl group
  • R 2b can be H or alkyl group
  • R 2c can be aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkylaryl group.
  • R 2c is tetrahydronaphthyl or substituted tetrahydronapthyl group, most preferably R 2c is
  • M can be alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynlene group, in some embodiments M is:
  • G can be selected from a bond (i.e., G is absent), -O-; - N(R 2d )- where R 2d can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O) m - where m is 0, 1, or 2;
  • R 10 can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; in some embodiments R 10 is:
  • a 1 is H, A 2 is methyl, Ri a is H, Rn 3 is methyl, X 1 is -NH-, J is -CH-, Y is t-butyl, Z is (- OC 6 Hs) and (3*) has an (S) configuration, (4*) has an (S) configuration, (5*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, (6*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, and (7*) has an (R) configuration.
  • Some embodiments of compounds of structure (2) have a K d as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
  • LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2) where A 2 is H, X 1 is -NH-, J is -CH-, and n is 0 for R 2 , can be depicted by structure (3):
  • a 1 can be H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group;
  • R la and R ⁇ can separately be H, lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or
  • a 1 together with either R 1 a or R ⁇ can form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
  • Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroalkynyl, heteroaryl, or arylalkyl group; optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y together with Z, M, G, or R 10 forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R 10 ; preferably Y is linked to M, G, or R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R 10 form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R 10 ; preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • M can be an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally substituted alkylene, an alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 10 can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group or optionally substituted versions of these groups; or R 10 can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
  • R 11 , R'n, R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R 11 , R'n, Ri2, any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R
  • Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
  • a 1 can be H, or lower alkyl, or A 1 and Rn, together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
  • R la can be H;
  • R ⁇ can be a lower alkyl group, or together with A 1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
  • Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Z la , Z 11 ,, or R 1O forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y can be linked to Z la , Zn,, or R 10 ; preferably Y is linked to Z la , Zn 3 , or R 1O by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • Z la and Zn can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z la , Z lb; together with Y or R 10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z 1 a or Zn,, is linked to Y or R 10 ; preferably Z la or Zn,, is linked to Y or R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 10 can be aryl, a heteroaryl group, or Rio can be anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
  • X 2 can be a heteroatom in structures (4a) or 4(b) or X 2 is a carbon-carbon bond as illustrated in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R 11 , R' ⁇ , R 12 , any of R 13-17 , or any OfRi 4-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rn, R' ⁇ , R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino
  • any OfR 13-17 , or any of R 14 - I7 preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • Some embodiments of compounds of structure (5) have a K d as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
  • Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
  • a 1 can be H, methyl, ethyl, or A 1 and R ⁇ together form a ring of 3-5 atoms.
  • R la can be H; R ⁇ can be a methyl or ethyl group, or together with A 1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
  • Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y together with Z la , Z 113 , or R 10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z la , Z 1 ⁇ or Rj 0 ; preferably Y is linked to Z la , Zy 0 , or R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • Z 1 a and Zy 0 can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z la , Z 1 ⁇ together with Y or R 1O form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z la or Z 1 ⁇ is linked to Y or R 10 ; preferably Z la or Z 11 ,, is linked to Y or R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 10 can be a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group, or preferably R 10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
  • R 11 , R' ⁇ , R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R 11 , R' ⁇ , R 12 , any of R 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyal
  • Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
  • a 1 can be H, or a methyl group
  • R la is H
  • R ⁇ can be a methyl or ethyl group.
  • Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with R 10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to R 10 ; preferably Y is linked to R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • Zi a and Z ⁇ can independently be an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxygroup.
  • M can be methylene, an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -O-; or -NH-,
  • R 10 can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, or in some embodiments R 10 can be a structure of formula (4a):
  • R 11 , R 12 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, or optional substituents including halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R 11 , R 12 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R 11 , R 12 , or any OfR 14 .
  • R 17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R 11 , R 12 , or any OfR 14-17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z la , Z 1I ,, M, G, Rn, R 12 , or any OfR 14-17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • IAP binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) may be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a cancer or cellular proliferation condition (including developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders).
  • the IAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be used in the preparation of a drug for treating cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder condition in a ready to use form.
  • the drug can be administered to a patient for treating or preventing cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder, hi ready to use form refers to the compounds being presentable for sale and may include the compounds in a tablet, liquid, or other form for administration, suitable packaging, instructions, and other items.
  • One embodiment of the invention is a method of treating cells or tissue that can include administering to cells having a proliferation disorder, for example HeLa cells known to overexpress IAP (other cells may include but are not limited to those with developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders), an amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce or eliminate the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells or tissue.
  • a proliferation disorder for example HeLa cells known to overexpress IAP (other cells may include but are not limited to those with developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders)
  • an amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce or eliminate the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells or tissue.
  • a further embodiment of the present invention is a method of treating disorders associated with cell proliferation, including, but not limited to proliferative disorders and diseases.
  • Such methods include administration of the compounds of the present invention alone or in combination with other active agents, including pharmaceuticals and chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the dimmers of LAP binding compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with chemotherapeutic agents as is disclosed in commonly owned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/692,111, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • IAP binding compounds as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions or as diagnostic agents, or both. These pharmaceutical compositions and diagnostic agents may be used for treatment and detection of cell proliferative disorders, as well as in screening assays for the discovery and development of additional diagnostic and therapeutic agents for modifying cell proliferation and detecting cell proliferative disorders.
  • the present invention includes an assay for use in high throughput screening or rational drug design of LAP binding compounds that can, like the Smac tetrapeptide or its homologs in other species, bind to a BLR domain of an LAP thereby modifying, and preferably relieving IAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis.
  • the binding of test compounds can be used in the design of IAP binding compounds and IAP binding cargo molecules for the identification, prevention, and treatment of diseases related to cell proliferation.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule or compounds in embodiments of the present invention can bind to proteins such as through the BIR domain of an LAP.
  • the LAP binding molecule interacts with the BUG domain of the protein XLAP or BLR2 domain of DIAPl.
  • the LAP binding molecule can interact with the protein through a specific binding groove of the BLR domain.
  • the assay includes the steps of providing a labeled LAP binding compound or an LAP binding-cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), that binds to the appropriate BLR domain of the LAP, wherein preferably at least one measurable feature of the labeled LAP binding compound changes as a function of the labeled LAP binding compound being bound to the LAP or free in solution.
  • the assay may further include contacting the BLR domain of an LAP with the labeled LAP binding compound under conditions enabling binding of the labeled LAP binding compound with the BLR domain, thereby forming a labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex having the measurable feature.
  • the labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex may be contacted with other peptides, LAP binding compounds, or test compounds being developed, to measure the binding of the peptides, LAP binding compounds, or test compound for the BLR domain by measuring the displacement of the labeled LAP binding compound from the labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex. Displacement of the labeled LAP binding compound from the labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex by the peptides, LAP binding compounds, or test compound can be determined by measuring the change in the measurable feature of the labeled LAP binding compound, thereby determining if the test compound is capable of binding to the BLR domain of the LAP and the strength of the interaction.
  • the present invention relates to the treatment of cell proliferation conditions and diseases and more specifically conditions where the activity of LAP in cells, tissues or an individual is abnormal.
  • the invention features molecules that are LAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5), that bind to IAPs such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IAPl, C-IAP2, ML- IAP and survivin in cells.
  • the mimetic molecules optionally include an integral or linked cargo portion that can include a therapeutic or diagnostic functionality.
  • the LAP binding compound molecules may be administered to cells, a tissue, or a patient in need of treatment or detection for a cell proliferation condition or disease.
  • the need for treatment can be identified by contacting cells or a tissue, preferably from the patient, with an IAP binding molecule having a detectable label or cargo that changes when the molecule binds to an IAP in the tissue or cells.
  • the binding of the IAP binding compound molecule with the IAP in the cells can be used to modify a cell proliferation condition or disease or it may be combined with other therapeutic treatments such as radiation therapy.
  • the activity of IAP in the cells or the progress of a course of treatment for a cell proliferation condition or disease may be measured with an IAP binding cargo molecule having a detectable label.
  • a method of selectively identifying neoplastic or cancer cells in a mixed population of cells includes contacting the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind a protein like an IAP within the neoplastic cells, thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells by a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule, and in some embodiments a change in a detectable property of the LAP binding cargo molecule upon complexation with LAP in the neoplastic cells.
  • the cells may be cultured cells or primary cells from a patient (human or animal). Alternatively, the cells may be present within the patient, and the contacting accomplished by introducing the IAP-binding cargo molecule into the patient.
  • the cargo portion of the molecule comprises a dye label.
  • the cargo portion of the molecule can be, but is not limited to, an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent.
  • the selective identification of tissues or cells having LAP is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging.
  • the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule comprises a radioisotope and the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography.
  • Another aspect of the invention features a method of selectively damaging or inducing apoptosis in neoplastic cells by killing some or all of the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells.
  • the method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with an IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), or (3), or (5).
  • the LAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion of the molecule can include a moiety or substituent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells such as but not limited to a radioisotope or a photosensitizing agent.
  • the LAP binding portion of the molecule binds to a protein like an LAP within the neoplastic cells, where the toxic moiety of the IAP-binding cargo molecule directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule binds to an LAP protein, such as XLAP, C-LAPl, C-IAP2, ML-LAP, or survivin, preferably it binds to a BLR surface groove of an LAP protein. In some embodiments the LAP binding molecule binds to the BLR3 surface groove of an XIAP protein.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can permeate or be transfected into the cells and can, for example, be used to displace one or more LAP proteins from caspases in the cells or displace a protein like Smac sequestered by LAPs.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule can have a detectable property which is modified upon chemical, physical, or a combination of these interactions, of the LAP binding molecule with the LAP protein in the cells.
  • This composition is useful as a control for monitoring the presence of LAP in the cells undergoing treatment or for use as a standard in the detection of abnormal LAP levels in a sample of cells.
  • the detectable property may be the emission of light by the cargo portion of the molecule which changes when the LAP bonding portion of the molecule binds to an LAP protein.
  • the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in embodiments of the invention may be characterized by having an LAP binding constant K d .
  • K d is less than about 10 ⁇ M
  • K d is less than about 1 ⁇ M
  • K d is less than about 0.1 ⁇ M as determined by the methods described in Example 1 or equivalents of these methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • Molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a K d of less than about 10 ⁇ M can be used in an in vitro binding assay with the BLR domain of an LAP and in some embodiments the BLR3 domain of XLAP.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule and preferably the cargo portion of the molecule includes but is not limited to a fluorogenic group, a radioisotope, or other chromogenic group.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule may include another peptide or peptidomimetic unit (e.g., dimer).
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule may include an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent and the selective identification of the cargo portion of the molecule performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging.
  • the one or more cells in the composition may include but are not limited to cells from a bodily fluid, tissue, tumor, fibroid, neoplastic cells, stem cells, nervous system cells or any combination of these from an animal, a mammal, or a human.
  • the cells in the composition may be taken from tissue suspected of exhibiting an abnormal level of LAP based upon physical examination, motor skill tests, or detection by palpation of a lump in a part of the body.
  • the composition may include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of identifying LAP in cells that includes monitoring a mixture of one or more LAP binding cargo molecules comprising structure (2), (3), or (5), or dimers thereof, with one or more sample cells for the presence of a detectable label from an IAP binding cargo molecule or a change in a detectable property of one or more of the LAP binding cargo molecules in the mixture.
  • the detectable property of the LAP binding cargo molecule changes upon formation of a complex between the LAP binding cargo molecule and the BLR domain of an LAP protein
  • the LAPs may include but are not limited to XLAP, C-LAPl, C-IAP2, ML-LAP, or survivin in the sample cells.
  • the LAP may be bound to a caspase, other proteins like Smac, or combinations of these within the cell.
  • Monitoring may be performed on cells and an LAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification.
  • This invention may be used to detect abnormal expression, over or under expression, of LAP in cells and the indication of abnormal expression used to begin a course of treatment of the cells.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule is used to detect overexpression of LAPs in cells.
  • the method may further include the act of comparing a change in a detectable property of one or more LAP binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more control cells to the detectable change in the property of the one or more LAP binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more sample cells.
  • the comparison may be related to the amount or activity of LAP in the sample cells.
  • the method may include the act of combining one or more LAP binding cargo molecules with one or more cells including but not limited to sample cells, control cells, or various combination of these cells.
  • the monitoring may use the absorption or emission of radiant energy by the mixture of LAP binding cargo molecules and the cells, including but not limited to magnetic resonance, fluorescence, chemiluminesence, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron emission tomography.
  • the change in the detectable property of one or more of the LAP binding cargo molecules in the mixture chemically, and or physically binding to the LAP in the cells is a change in the intensity of fluorescent emission of the LAP binding molecule.
  • a change occurs in the fluorescent emission of one or more IAP binding cargo molecules capable of displacing IAP from caspases or Smac from IAPs in the sample cells.
  • a method of treating cells of the present invention includes identifying the expression of IAP in cells and administering an amount of a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule or other therapeutic to the cells to modify the activity of IAP in the cells.
  • the LAP - binding cargo molecule may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. For example, following identification of abnormal levels of LAP in a sample of cells, (optionally by comparison to a control sample of cells), purified Smac, an LAP binding compound, or an LAP binding cargo molecule, may be added to the cells to induce apoptosis.
  • This invention can be used to identify cells in need of treatment, treat the cells, and mom ' tor the progress of the treatment of the cells having the abnormal LAP levels.
  • the act of identifying cells having abnormal IAP expression includes monitoring a mixture of one or more LAP binding cargo molecules with one or more sample cells for a change in a detectable property of one or more of the LAP binding cargo molecules.
  • the detectable property changes upon formation of a complex between the LAP binding molecule and LAP in the sample cells.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is an article or kit that includes packaging material containing a composition of LAP binding compound or an LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or a dimer thereof.
  • the packaging material has a label that indicates how the LAP binding cargo composition can be used for administration, treatment, or detecting levels of LAP in a sample of cells.
  • the label may further indicate how the LAP binding cargo molecule or another LAP binding cargo molecule included in a pharmaceutical composition can be used to treat cells where an abnormal level of LAP expression is determined.
  • An embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively identifying neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells. Ln the method a sample of the mixed cell population is contacted with one or more LAP-binding cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof under conditions enabling the LAP-binding cargo molecule to bind LAP within the neoplastic cells and thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells.
  • the cells may include but are not limited to cultured cells, cells that are removed from a subject by biopsy, or cells from a fluid.
  • the contacting may be performed by introducing the labeled LAP-binding cargo molecule into a tissue sample or a tissue in a living subject possessing or suspected of possessing the neoplastic cells.
  • the LAP-binding cargo molecule can have a dye label cargo portion and preferably the dye is a fluorogenic dye.
  • the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule may have an NMR-active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging.
  • the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule may have a cargo portion of the molecule that is a radioisotope and where the selective identification performed through positron emission tomography.
  • the IAP binding cargo molecule may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents for modifying apoptosis in the sample of cells.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively damaging or killing neoplastic cells in a mixed population of normal and neoplastic cells.
  • the method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof including an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells, preferably the cargo portion of the molecule is an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells.
  • the agent directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells.
  • the method may use a toxic agent that is a radioisotope.
  • the method may use a photosensitizing toxic agent and the selective damaging or killing is performed by exposing the cell population to light.
  • the LAP binding molecules of the present invention and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds can bind to IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins) such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IAPl, C-IAP2, survin, and LIVIN/ML-IAP. These compounds may include diagnostic or therapeutic moieties or substituents as part of the binding portion of the molecule or linked to the binding portion of the molecule.
  • IAP binding cargo molecules may be arbitrarily divided to include an IAP binding portion and a cargo portion.
  • the IAP binding portion of the molecule interacts with an IAP protein, preferably the BIR domain of an IAP protein, and may be a monomer or dimer.
  • the IAP binding portion of the molecule interacts with the BIR3 surface groove of XIAP.
  • the cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded to the IAP binding portion of the molecule.
  • the cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, probes, labels, or markers.
  • the cargo portion and LAP binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the LAP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the LAP binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule.
  • a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the LAP binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule.
  • One or more atoms in any portion of the LAP binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatment.
  • the cargo portion may constitute a second monomer, thereby forming a dimer molecule, via a linking group.
  • the binding portion of the LAP binding compound confers IAP target protein specificity to the molecule and the cargo portion can provide a functional group to the molecule for monitoring or evaluating the location of the molecule or providing a therapeutic to that location within a cell sample or a tissue in a mammal.
  • the LAP binding compounds may be used to displace sequestered proteins in cells, for example caspase-3,7 or 9 or Smac interacting with an IAP, so that the released protein can be used to promote apoptosis within the cell.
  • the cargo portion of the molecule is linked to the LAP binding portion
  • the cargo portion may be bonded or chemically linked to any portion of the LAP binding portion of the molecule so that it does not adversely affect LAP binding, cell permeance or transfection into cells.
  • the molecule While chemical interaction between the LAP binding portion and the cargo portion of the molecule may occur, the molecule is made so that the molecule's cell permeance, its LAP binding property, and function of the cargo portion are not adversely affected by their combination.
  • the suitability of any LAP binding cargo molecule made by the method disclosed may be tested against fluorescently labeled peptide [AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH 2 ] in cells such but not limited to renal cell carcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer, HeLa cells, or others known to overexpress LAP, or other cells having a proliferation disorder.
  • the LAP binding molecules of the present invention are capable of permeating cells of interest, binding to LAP in the cells, and optionally delivering the cargo to the cells.
  • Embodiments of compounds of structure (2), (3), (5) include 2-substituted pyrrolidine- 1-carbonyls, or 2, 4- independently substituted pyrrolidine- 1- carbonyls that have a K d as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
  • the pharmaceutically active compounds of the invention are sometimes referred to herein as drugs, to highlight their therapeutic utility in promoting apoptosis by binding LAPs.
  • another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as diagnostic agents, for detection of LAP in vitro, in situ or in vivo, or for IAP binding assays.
  • the compounds of the invention are detectably labeled, for example, with a fluorophore.
  • Another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as targeting agents, i.e., by incorporating into their structure tumor cell-killing or other anti-tumor or therapeutic agents, such as radionuclides.
  • drugs refer to pharmaceutically/biologically active (i. e., LAP- binding) compounds of the invention, for use as therapeutic, prophylactic, or diagnostic agents.
  • heteroatom refers to nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, other atoms or groups where the nitrogen, sulfur and other atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen may optionally be quaternized. Any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have hydrogen atoms sufficient to satisfy the valences. Ln some embodiments, for example where the heteroatotn is nitrogen and includes a hydrogen or other group to satisfy the valance of the nitrogen atom, replacement of the nitrogen in a similar structure by another heteroatom, for example by oxygen, will result in the hydrogen or group previously bonded to the nitrogen to be absent.
  • heteroatom may include but is not limited to for example -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, - S(O) 2 -, -N-,-N(H)-, and -N(C 1 -C 6 alkyl).
  • alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein).
  • Lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein.
  • Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, adamantyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2- dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
  • substituted alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents.
  • substituted lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents.
  • alkylene radical as used herein includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 - ), propylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), 2-methylpropylene (-CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -), hexylene (-(CH 2 ) 6 -), and the like.
  • Lower alkylene includes an alkylene group of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, carbon atoms.
  • Substituted alkylene radicals includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched alkylene radical or group having 1-30 carbon atoms and having from 1 to 5 substituents.
  • Lower substituted alkylene radicals refer to to a substituted alkylene radical group, having 1-10 carbon atoms, preferably having 1-5 carbon atoms, and having from 1 to 5 substituents.
  • Substituents can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
  • alkenyl radical as used herein includes reference to a branched, cyclic hydrocarbon, or unbranched hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, isobutenyl, t- butenyl, octenyl, decenyl, tetradecenyl, hexadecenyl, eicosenyl, tetracosenyl and the like.
  • lower alkenyl includes an alkenyl group of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the one or more carbon-carbon double bonds may independently have a cis or trans configuration.
  • Substituted alkenyl radical refers to an alkenyl radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
  • alkenylene radical includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical or group containing from 2 to 30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • “Lower alkenylene” includes an alkenylene group of 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, carbon atoms, containing one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Substituted alkenylene radical refers to an alkenylene radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
  • alkynyl radical or group refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond, some embodiments include alkynyl groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms that have one triple bond.
  • a substituted alkynyl will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
  • Alkynylene includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond; some embodiments include an alkynylene groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms with one triple bond.
  • a substituted alkynylene will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
  • halo or halogen refers to any halogen, such as I, Br, Cl or F.
  • cyano refers to the -C ⁇ N group.
  • aryl radical or group refers to an optionally substituted, mono or bicyclic aromatic ring radicals having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 10 carbons being preferred.
  • Non-limiting examples or aryl groups include, for example, phenyl and naphthyl.
  • a substituted aryl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
  • Aralkyl radical refers to alkyl radicals bearing an aryl substituent and have from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred.
  • Aralkyl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples include, for example, benzyl, naphthylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, phenylethyl, and diphenylethyl.
  • a substituted arylalkyl group will contain one or more substituents on the aryl or alkyl group as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
  • Cycloalkylaryl radical or group refers to a cycloalkyl radical fused to an aryl group, including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl cycloalkylaryls, the cycloalkyl and aryl group having two atoms in common.
  • fused cycloalkylaryl groups used in compounds of the present invention may include 1-indanyl, 2-indanyl, 1 -(1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthyl), and the like.
  • Tetrahydronaphthyl more specifically refers to those univalent radicals or groups derived from fused polycyclic hydrocarbons including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl tetrahydronaphthyls.
  • radicals may have a point of attachment at (C 1 ) or equivalently (C 4 ) in structure (11), or position labeled (C 2 ) and equivalently (C 3 ) in structure (Ha).
  • the chiral carbon atoms C 1-4 in tetrahydronaphthlene and its alkyl substituted derivatives may have either an (R) or (S) configuration.
  • Cycloalkyl radical or group more specifically includes reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic alkyl radical consisting of one or more rings in their structures and having from about 3 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 3 to about 7 carbon atoms being preferred.
  • Multi-ring structures may be bridged or fused ring structures.
  • the rings can optionally be substituted with one or more of the substituents for the alkyl groups.
  • Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, and adamantyl.
  • a substituted cycloalkyl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl radical more specifically refers to alkyl radicals bearing an cycloalkyl substituent and having from about 4 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred and can include but are not limited to methyl- cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, isopropylcyclohexyl, and butyl-cyclohexyl groups.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl radical or group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents for the alkyl groups including but not limited to hydroxy, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino.
  • Exemplary aroyl groups include benzoyl and naphthoyl.
  • p can be independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • Aryloxy radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (aryl-O-) radical group wherein aryl is as previously defined.
  • aryloxy radicals include but are not limited to that illustrated by the radical of formula (12).
  • Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the aryloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents.
  • Embodiments of IAP binding compounds of the present invention can include an optionally aryloxy group like the phenoxy radical linked to the pyrrolidine ring as illustrated but not limited to compounds in Table 5.
  • Some embodiment of IAP binding compounds include include a phenoxy radical where the K ⁇ as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 is less than about 0.1 micromolar.
  • alkoxy and alkoxyl refer to an optionally substituted (alkyl-O) radical or group wherein alkyl is as previously defined.
  • exemplary alkoxy radicals or groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, cyclopropyl-methoxy, and heptoxy.
  • Alkoxy radicals can also include optionally substituted alkyl in the alkylO- group.
  • Alkoxy can include including optionally substituted aryl groups as previously defined and illustrated by the non-limiting radical of formula (13).
  • a "lower alkoxy” group refers to an optionally substituted alkoxy group containing from one to five carbon atoms.
  • Polyether refers to a compound or moiety possessing multiple ether linkages, such as, but not limited to, polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols.
  • Polyalkylethers refers to alkyls interconnected by or otherwise possessing multiple ether linkages as illustrated by the non-limiting structure of formula (85) in Scheme VIII of Example 16.
  • Arylalkyloxy means an arylalkyl-0 — group in which the arylalkyl group is as previously described. Exemplary arylalkyloxy groups include benzyloxy (C 6 HsCH 2 O-) radical (BnO-), or 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy.
  • Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the benzyloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents as defined for the alkyl group.
  • Arylamino radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (-NH(aryl)) radical group wherein aryl can be optionally substituted as previously defined for alkyl.
  • Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the arylamino radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl.
  • a example of an arylamino group is the anilino radical or group.
  • Amino refers to an -NH 2 group and alkylamino refer to a radical (-NH R') group wherein R 1 is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined.
  • alkylamino radical groups include methylamino, ethylamino, n- propylamino, i-propylamino, n-butylamino, and heptylamino.
  • the benzylamino radical refers to the arylamino group C 6 HsCH 2 NH-, the aryl group may have optional substituents including but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents.
  • Dialkylamino includes reference to a radical (-NR 1 R"), wherein R' and R" can be each independently be an H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined.
  • dialkylamino radicals include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, di(l-methylethyl)amino, and the like.
  • Heteroaryl includes reference to a monovalent aromatic radical or group having one or more rings incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms within the ring (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur). These heteroaryls can optionally have hydrogen atoms substituted with one or more other substituents. Examples of these heteroaryl radicals include optionally substituted benzofurans, benzo[b]thiophene 1 -oxide, indoles, 2- or 3-thienyls or thiophenyls, thiazoyls, pyrazines, pyridines, or the structures of (4a) or (4b).
  • the structure of formula (ElO) with derivatives listed in Table 9, can include a fused ring R 10 with a heteroatom X 2 (N, O, or other) and substituents such as R 11 or R' ⁇ including but not limited to hydrogen, halogens, optionally substituted heteroaryls like pyridine,benzofuran, indoles, thiazoyl, pyrazine, an alkoxyheteroaryl like methoxy pyridine, or other groups.
  • heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynyl, and heteroalkynlene include reference to alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, and alkynlene radicals or groups, in which one or more of the carbon atoms have been replaced or substituted with atoms such as but not limited to single or multiply bonded nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, or these atoms having one or more hydrogens to satisfy the valancy requirements of the atom.
  • substitutions can be used to form molecules having functional groups including but not limited to amines, ethers, and sulfides.
  • a non-limiting example of a heteroalkynyl group is illustrated by the group -CH(Me)OCH 2 C ⁇ CH.
  • Heterocycloalkyl radical include reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic radical or group consisting of one or more rings, incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur), which can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
  • Heterocycloalkenyl includes reference to a monovalent unsaturated carbocyclic radical consisting of one or more rings containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds where carbon atoms are replaced or substituted for by one, two or three heteroatoms within the one or more rings, the heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, the heterocycloalkenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
  • Various groups used in the molecules of the present invention can have one or more hydrogens atoms substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents.
  • each moiety R' or R" can be, independently include of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally-substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, araalkyl.
  • the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a K d as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than about 100 micromolar, in some embodiments have a K ⁇ j of less than 1 micromolar, and in other embodiments have a K d of less than 0.1 micromolar.
  • the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have an EC 50 as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 2 of less than about 0.5 micromolar, in some embodiments have an EC 50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar.
  • the substituents can be chosen so that LAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a binding constant K d of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than 0.1 micromolar and an EC 50 of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than about 0.5 micromolar, and in some embodiments an EC 50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar.
  • Amino acids can be used in the IAP binding compound compounds of this invention and may include the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids, known artificial amino acids such as beta or gamma amino acids, and amino acids containing non-natural side chains, and/or other similar monomers such as hydroxyacids.
  • the amino acids used in the LAP binding compounds of the present invention are the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids.
  • the amino acids or artificial amino acids are chosen with the effect that the corresponding LAP binding compound binds IAPs, and preferably binds the BLR domain of an LAP, and the resulting LAP binding compound is permeable to the cell.
  • a non-limiting example of such an amino acid includes the use of Abu (2-aminobutyric acid) as an amino acid in the LAP binding cargo molecule.
  • Abu (2-aminobutyric acid)
  • the N-terminal amino acid is Ala or Abu.
  • any of the enantiomers, D or L and more generally R or S configuration, or diastereoisomers may optionally be used in the LAP binding compound.
  • any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent or in any formula, its definition in each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • substituents such as A 1 , A 2 , R la , and Ri b , R 2 , Xi, Y, Z, M, G, or R 10 , may be chosen independently so that compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) are not a tripeptide or a tetrapeptide of amino acids, for example AVPI or AVP.
  • a 1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group, an N-acyl derivative like acylamino or acylalkylamino, t-butoxycarbonyl, acetyl, formyl, carbamoyl, alkylene, or other;
  • R la and R ⁇ are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A 1 together with either R la or R ⁇ form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms as illustrated by some of the non-limiting embodiments of compounds in Table 5.
  • Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl; optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups such as optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, an optionally substituted heteroalkynyl group, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group or 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted arylalkyl;
  • Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy; optionally substituted versions of these groups; optionally substituted versions of these groups including one or more hydroxyl groups; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R 1O can form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R 10 ; preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R 1O by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • Z is an alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group.
  • the stereochemistry of the Z substituent or group may be indicated using a bold wedged bond to show a Z group coming out of the plane of the page or a dashed wedged bond to show a Z group behind the plane of the page, hi embodiments of (3), the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed out of the plane of the page, the LAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the LAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z group is a combination of these.
  • M can be an optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; M can be an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • M is a diradical alkylene like the methylene group linked at one end of the methylene group the 2 position of the pyrrolidine ring and at the other end of the methylene group to an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl group like a benzofuran or indole group, or optionally substituted versions of groups of structure (4a-d).
  • R 10 can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, or a fused heteroaryl group.
  • R 10 can be a substituted aryl, a substituted heteroaryl group, a substituted fused aryl, or a substituted fused heteroaryl group.
  • R 1O can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
  • Rn, R'n, Rj 2 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, other substituents or optionally substituted versions of these groups.
  • Rj 1 or R'n is a heteroaryl group
  • it can be a 2- or 3-thienyl SC 4 H 3 - (thiophenyl) group, pyridine, pyrazine or optionally substituted versions of these.
  • R 12 can be an aryl or a heteroaryl group, such as but not limited to benzofuran, indole, benzo[&]thiophene-l-oxide or benzo[ ⁇ ]thiophene- 1,1 -dioxide or optionally substituted versions of these.
  • X 2 is either -O- or -S(O) k -, for the integer k which can independently be 0, 1, or 2, R 12 is absent.
  • R 11 , R'n, R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, carboxyalkyl, alkyl carboxyalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy.
  • R 11 , R'n, R 12 , any OfR 13- 17 , or any OfR 14-17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R 11 , R' 11; R 12 , any OfR 13-17 , or any of R 14-17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rn, R'n, R12, any OfR 13-17 , or any OfR 14-17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
  • Li some embodiments R 1O can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted embodiments of these.
  • R 10 can be the group:
  • R 1 Q can be an optionally substituted aryl group having substituents for example but not limited to hydrogen, chloro, bromo, alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, or combinations of these.
  • LAP binding compounds of formula (3) include compounds of structure (5) where:
  • Ai is H, or lower alkyl, or Ai and Rn, together form a ring of 3-5 atoms.
  • R la is H and R ⁇ can be lower an alkyl group, or together with Ai forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
  • Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, and/or hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Z la , Zu,, or R 10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zi 8 , Z 1 ⁇ or R 10 ; preferably Y is linked to Z la , Z 113 , or R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
  • Z 1 a and Z ⁇ > can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zi 3 , or Z 1 I 3 , together with Y or R 10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z la or Z 1 ),, is linked to Y or R 10 ; preferably Z la or Z ⁇ , is linked to Y or R 10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
  • M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • IAP binding compounds or molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be prepared by various processes, which are described by the non-limiting Schemes in the Examples and which also form part of the subject matter of the present invention.
  • These IAP binding molecules may be prepared from molecules of structure (6a) or (6b):
  • the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M group is directed out of the plane of the page, the LAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the IAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z or M group includes a combination of these.
  • Structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be prepared from compounds such as but not limited to pyrrolidines like (1) in Scheme I or (29) in Scheme IVa using the procedures or similar processes described herein.
  • the structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be further reacted to yield IAP binding molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) by treatment with an N-Boc-amino acid or other suitable amine containing moiety that includes A 1 , A 2 , R la , or R lb or combinations of these as described herein.
  • Certain acidic or basic compounds of the present invention may exist as zwitterions. All forms of the compounds, including free acid, free base and zwitterions, are contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention. It is well known in the art that compounds containing both amino and carboxyl groups often exist in equilibrium with their zwitterionic forms. Thus, any of the compounds described herein throughout that contain, for example, both amino and carboxyl groups also include reference to their corresponding zwitterions.
  • an IAP binding cargo molecule or other IAP binding compound of the invention may be either a compound of one of the formulae herein described, or a stereoisomer, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid salt hydrate, or isomorphic crystalline form thereof.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts of the LAP binding cargo molecules and LAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases or free acids, cell permeation and LAP binding, and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
  • the desired salt may be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as treatment of the compound with an inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like; or with an organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • an inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like
  • organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic
  • the desired salt may also be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as the treatment of the compound with an inorganic base or an organic base.
  • Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like.
  • Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, trimethamine, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like.
  • basic ion exchange resins such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine,
  • the LAP binding cargo molecules or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules within their crystal lattice. Where the solvent is water, the compounds may form hydrates, in the case of other solvents and in particular organic solvents such as but not limited to ethanol the compounds may form solvates.
  • the IAP binding cargo molecules or IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) and its homologs may be formulated, isolated, or purified as solvates.
  • the compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may exist in prodrug form.
  • Prodrug includes any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug, for example, as according to formula (2) or other formulas or compounds employed in the methods of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
  • prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g. solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds employed in the present methods may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form.
  • the present invention contemplates methods of delivering prodrugs.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds employed in the present invention, for example formula (2) may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
  • prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy, amino, or carboxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or carboxylic acid, respectively.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups; and alkyl, carbocyclic, aryl, and alkylaryl esters such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, and phenethyl esters, and the like.
  • the compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may be prepared in a number of ways well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compounds can be synthesized, for example, by the methods described in the specification and example, or variations thereon as appreciated by the skilled artisan.
  • AU processes disclosed in association with the present invention are contemplated to be practiced on any scale, including microgram, milligram, gram, multi-gram, kilogram, multi-kilogram or commercial industrial scale.
  • IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be mixed or combined with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or treated by lyophilization. These pharmaceutical compositions may be administered topically, locally or systemically to a sample of cells, a tissue, or patient. Topical or local administration can allow for greater control of application of the pharmaceutical compositon.
  • the IAP binding molecules or compounds including structure (2), (3), or (5) singularly or in combination, can be mixed with an appropriate pharmaceutical carrier prior to administration.
  • Examples of generally used pharmaceutical carriers and additives that can be used to form pharmaceutical, diagnostic, or therapeutic composition of the IAP binding molecules may include but are not limited to conventional diluents, binders, lubricants, coloring agents, disintegrating agents, buffer agents, isotonizing agents, preservants, anesthetics and the like.
  • Pharmaceutical carriers that may be used include but are not limited to water, saline, ethanol, dextran, sucrose, lactose, maltose, xylose, trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, inositol, serum albumin, gelatin, creatinine, polyethylene glycol, non- ionic surfactants (e.g.
  • polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters polyoxyethylene hardened castor oil, sucrose fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol) and similar compounds.
  • Pharmaceutical carriers and excipients as well as IAP binding molecules may also be used in combination.
  • Stereoisomers are compounds having identical molecular formulae and nature or sequence of bonding but differing in the arrangement of their atoms in space and include optical and geometrical isomers.
  • Compounds of the present invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can have one or more asymmetric carbon atoms or other asymmetric atoms in their structure, and may therefore exist as single stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereoisomers, racemates, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may also include geometric isomers.
  • stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof the LAP binding compounds and IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention are intended to be within the scope of this invention unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. It is well known in the art how to prepare and isolate such optically active forms. For example, mixtures of stereoisomers may be separated by standard techniques including, but not limited to, resolution of racemic forms, normal, reverse- phase, and chiral chromatography, preferential salt formation, recrystallization, and the like, or by chiral synthesis either from chiral starting materials or by deliberate synthesis of target chiral centers.
  • LAP binding molecules of structures (2), (3), or (5) that contain chiral centers and the molecules can be in the form of a single enantiomer or as a racemic mixture of enantiomers.
  • chirality i.e., relative stereochemistry
  • substituents or groups is indicated in the structure using a bold wedged bond to indicate a substituent coming out of the plane of the page and a dashed wedged bond to indicate a substituent behind the plane of the page, hi other cases the stereochemistry is not indicated and such structures are intended to encompass both the enantiomerically pure or purified forms of the compound shown as well as a racemic mixture of enantiomers.
  • protecting groups may contain protecting groups during the course of synthesis.
  • Protecting groups are chemical functional groups that can be selectively appended to and removed from functionalities, such as amine, hydroxyl groups or carboxyl groups. These groups are present in a chemical compound to render such functionality inert to chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups may be employed with the present invention.
  • Protecting groups include the benzyloxycarbonyl group and the tert-butyloxycarbonyl group.
  • protecting group refers to any group which when bound to one or more hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl or other groups of the compounds (including intermediates thereof such as the aminolactams, aminolactones, etc.) prevents reactions from occurring at these groups and which protecting group can optionally be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to reestablish the hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl group for use in an IAP binding compound.
  • removable blocking group is not critical and preferred removable hydroxyl or amine blocking groups include conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzylidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl, t-butyl carbamate, benzyl carbamate and any other group that can be introduced chemically onto a hydroxyl, amine, or other functionality and later selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in mild conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
  • the cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded or linked to the LAP binding portion of the molecule.
  • the cargo portion may be another unit of the formula (2), (3) or (5), linked by a linking group to the first unit, thereby forming a dimer and may further comprise an additional cargo portion.
  • the cargo portion may also be any of the substituents A 1 , A 2 , R 1 a , Rib, Y, R 2 , or Z in molecules of formula (2), preferably the cargo portion is linked to Y, R 2 , or Z in molecules of formula (2).
  • the cargo portion may be any of the substituents Ai, Ri a , Rib, Rio, Y, M, G, or Z (includes Z la and Zi b ), preferably the cargo portion includes a substituent linked at Y, Z (include Zi a and Zu 3 ), or Rio-
  • the cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, detectable groups, probes, labels, or markers.
  • the cargo portion and IAP binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the IAP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the IAP binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule.
  • One or more atoms in any portion of the IAP binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatement.
  • One aspect of the present invention comprises an assay that can be used to test the binding affinity of a library of IAP binding compounds for their ability to bind to the BIR domain of an inhibitor of apoptosis protein (IAP), for example the BIR3 domain of mammalian XIAP.
  • the assay may be based on a detectable label, which can be a fluorogenic dye molecule that is the cargo portion of an IAP-binding cargo molecule.
  • the detectable label may be any of the substituents in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5).
  • the detectable label may be linked to the substituent R 2 , or linked to the substituents R 2a-C supra in molecules having the structure of formula (2)
  • a detectable label included in a molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be a dye such as is a fluoro genie dye whose emission is sensitive to the environment of the dye.
  • the detectable label portion of an IAP binding cargo molecule may also be an NMR- active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging.
  • the detectable label in an IAP-binding cargo molecule may also be a radioisotope and where the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography.
  • the cargo portion of the molecule may also be used to destroy cells through a toxic effect of the cargo portion of the molecule.
  • the molecule of stucture (2), (3), or (5) packs into the BIR domain of an IAP.
  • the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) has a fluorgenic dye as a cargo substituent, preferably the packing of the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) into the groove of the BIR of an IAP causes a large shift in emission maximum and intensity of the dye when the environment of the LAP binding cargo molecule changes from water to the hydrophobic pocket or binding in or near the groove of the IAP. If a molecule (e.
  • An LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2) having a detectable lable may be complexed to an LAP and used to screen other IAP binding compounds.
  • the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof may comprise any suitable therapeutic molecule or detectable label, such as but not limited to a fluorophore, radioisotope, or NMR active nucleus, such that binding of the IAP binding cargo molecule to the BIR domain of an LAP, and preferably the BIR3 groove of XIAP, is not detrimentally affected by the presence of the detectable label or therapeutic in the IAP binding cargo molecule.
  • the molecule is cell permeable.
  • a non-limiting example of a detectable label which may be coupled to the LAP binding compounds and LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) is the fluorogenic dye 6-Bromoacetyl-2- dimethylaminonaphthalene (badan) dye.
  • Badan is a fluorogenic dye whose sensitivity to environmental changes has previously been made use of to probe protein binding interactions.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used in an assay of test compounds that can bind to the BLR domain of an LAP. These molecules may be used for example to relieve suppression of apoptosis or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from LAPs in cells.
  • a high-throughput, cell-free assay, for compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) may also be prepared using a fluorescently labeled peptide like (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH 2 ).
  • a wide variety of LAP binding compounds may be screened or assayed for their ability to bind to the BLR domain of IAPs.
  • LAP binding molecules with greater binding ability than the naturally- occurring Smac, or LAP binding molecules that can release sequesterd Smac from LAP in cells can be identified by such an assay.
  • These compounds may be developed as therapeutic agents, pharmaceutical compositions for the modification, and preferably the promotion, of apoptosis in treatment of diseases or pathological conditions in which cell proliferation plays a role.
  • These identified compounds may be used as prophylactics and can also be modified to include detectable labels or toxic agents.
  • the assay may be further used in high throughput screening of large panels of compounds generated by combinatorial chemistry or other avenues of rational drug design.
  • the fluorescence assay can be used to test the binding of a library of LAP binding cargo molecules modeled on the binding of Smac and its homologs, and preferably the binding of Smac N-terminus, to the surface pocket of the BLR3 region of XIAP.
  • the results of such screening make it possible to parse the contribution of each moiety in the structure of the LAP binding cargo molecule to the total binding of the interaction. For example, by comparing the 08
  • the present invention features, LAP binding compounds and methods of their use for binding to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), including but not limited to XIAP, C-IAPl, C-LAP2, survivin, ML-LAP or combinations of these.
  • IAPs Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins
  • One function of IAPs is to suppress programmed cell death, whereas Smac, or LAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to relieve that suppression.
  • the mammalian LAP binding protein Smac is dependent upon binding of its N-terminal four residues to a featured surface groove in a portion of XIAP referred to as the BLR3 domain.
  • An LAP binding cargo molecule such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), may be used to relieve XIAP-mediated or other LAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis in mammalian cells and can optionally provide a functional group having a detectable property or a therapeutic function to the cell.
  • LAP binding cargo molecule such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), maybe used or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from LAPs in cells.
  • One embodiment of the invention is a method of using versions of LAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that can include administering to abnormal cells or tissue, which may be known to overexpress LAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells, or other cells, an amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells.
  • An amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be administered to normal cells or tissue as a control.
  • the amount of compound of formula (2), (3), or (5), combinations of these, or combinations that include other therapeutic compounds that are effective to reduce the proliferation condition can be determined from changes in the optical density of treated and control cell or tissue samples.
  • the administered compound of structure (2), (3), or (5), in some embodiments include those with an EC 50 as measured using the method described, for example, in Example 1 for the LAP binding compounds of less than about 1 micromolar, in other embodiments an EC 50 of less than about 0.5 005/025208
  • the EC 50 for the administered IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be less than about 0.06 micromolar.
  • IAP binding compound refers to a molecule that provides tertiary binding or activity with the BIR-containing protein's functional domain (e.g., binding motif or active site) of an LAP.
  • LAP binding compounds can be non-peptide agents such as small molecule drugs of structure (2), (3), or (5) or that include molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5). Knowing the structural features and bonding of naturally-occurring IAP-binding cargo molecules such as Smac and its homologs, it is advantageous to make LAP binding compounds that have similar or improved binding compared to the core IAP-binding N-terminal tetrapeptides of Smac and its homologs.
  • LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in various embodiments of the invention is that compounds of this size and structure can be prepared by large scale syntheses, they can be chemically modified to have improved solubility in aqueous solution, have improved cell permeance, and provide ease of delivery to selected targets in vivo.
  • IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention can include amino acids as well as molecules where the amino acids are modified to produce LAP binding compounds by elimination, replacement or modification, of one or more naturally occurring side chains of the genetically encoded amino acids.
  • Replacement can include exchange of one or more of the L amino acids with D amino acids.
  • groups such as alkyl, lower alkyl, cyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered alkyl, amide, lower alkyl amide, di(lower alkyl) amide, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, carboxy and the lower ester derivatives thereof, and with 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered heterocyclics can be used.
  • proline analogs can be made in which the ring size of the proline residue is changed from 5 members to 4, 6, or 7 members or substituents are added at various positions (2, 3, 4, or 5) on the ring.
  • the substituents may be an ester group R 2 , or an aryloxy group Z.
  • Cyclic groups can be saturated or unsaturated, and if unsaturated, can be aromatic or non-aromatic.
  • Heterocyclic groups may be used in as a side group in R 2 in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5).
  • the heterocyclics can contain one or more nitrogen, oxygen, and/or sulphur heteroatoms.
  • heterocyclic groups include the furazanyl, fiiryl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl (e.g. morpholino), oxazolyl, piperazinyl (e.g. 1-piperazinyl), piperidyl (e.g. 1-piperidyl, piperidino), pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl (e.g.
  • IAP binding compounds may also have amino acid residues that have been chemically modified by phosphorylation, sulfonation, biotinylation, or the addition or removal of other moieties.
  • LAP binding cargo molecules are synthetic compounds having a three-dimensional structure (i.e. a "peptide motif) based upon the three-dimensional structure of a selected Smac peptide or homolog.
  • the peptide motif provides the IAP binding compound with the desired biological activity, i.e., binding to LAP, wherein the binding activity of the LAP binding compound compound is not substantially reduced, and is often the same as or greater than the activity of the native peptide on which the LAP binding compound is modeled.
  • LAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention can have additional beneficial characteristics that enhance their therapeutic application, such as decrease cost for synthesis, increased cell permeability, enhanced stability to radiological elements, greater affinity and/or avidity for target IAPs, and prolonged biological half-life.
  • the backbone can include various chemical bonds such as ester, thioester, thioamide, retroamide, reduced carbonyl, dimethylene and ketomethylene bonds, to modify LAP binding in the LAP binding cargo compounds.
  • caspases are cytosolic enzymes, diagnostic, imaging, prophylactic, and therapeutic LAP binding cargo molecules that chemically bind with the LAP proteins preferably cross cell membranes.
  • the cell membrane-permeant LAP binding cargo molecule complexes of the present invention are preferably those that can confer the desired intracellular translocation and LAP binding properties to the LAP binding cargo molecules.
  • these LAP binding cargo molecules are characterized by their ability to confer transmembrane translocation and internalization of a complex LAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) when administered to the external surface of an intact cell, tissue or organ.
  • IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention may be demonstrated by a variety of detection methods such as, for example, fluorescence microscopy, confocal microscopy, electron microscopy, autoradiography, or immunohistochemistry.
  • the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can bind to IAPs in the cell and can but is not limited to competitively displacing IAPs bound to a caspases in the cells or releasing Smac sequestered with IAPs in the cells.
  • the IAP binding cargo molecule chemically, physically, or by a combination of these, binds to an IAP protein and may displace it from a mature caspase or Smac protein in a cell.
  • the physical interaction between the LAP binding portion of the LAP binding cargo molecule and an LAP protein can be used to modify apoptosis in cells.
  • LAP binding molecules or cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) can have an LAP binding portion which can, for example, displace a molecule or polypeptide such as a mature caspase or fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH 2 ) from the BLR domain of an IAP.
  • LAP binding portion which can, for example, displace a molecule or polypeptide such as a mature caspase or fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH 2 ) from the BLR domain of an IAP.
  • LAP binding molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a binding constant K d as measured by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 for the displacement of (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) from the BLR domain of an LAP can be less than about 10 ⁇ M, in some embodiments K d can be less than about 1 ⁇ M, and in still other embodiments K d can be less than 0.1 micromolar under the assay conditions described in the examples.
  • the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) may include any suitable detectable label, including fluorophores, chromophores, fluorescent nanoparticles, and other dyes, isotopes, radioisotopes, metals, small molecules and the like.
  • the label is linked or bonded to the LAP binding portion of the molecule, the label preferably does not interfere substantially with the cell permeance or binding of the molecule to LAP and permits its use in diagnostic or therapeutic applications.
  • Ln selecting a label preferably a detectable property of the label changes with the binding of the LAP binding cargo molecule to the BLR domain of an LAP protein.
  • the detectable property of the label may change because the interaction of the label with the cellular environment changes when the molecule binds to LAP thereby enhancing or diminishing the property.
  • IAP-binding cargo molecules can also find utility as therapeutic agents.
  • the binding of the IAP binding cargo molecule to LAP in cells can be used to modify apoptosis in cells in need of treatement.
  • an LAP binding cargo molecule where the cargo portion is radiolabeled may be used for radiation therapy.
  • radioactive atoms may be administered to a tumor, tissue, or other population of cancer cells that overexpress LAP protein.
  • the LAP in the tumor becomes bonded to the LAP binding cargo molecule with the radionuclei.
  • IAP-binding cargo molecules may be designed to incorporate a dye that is active in photodynamic therapy. Other such therapeutic utilities will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • Cells being evaluated to detect abnormal levels of IAP in the cells may be mixed and optionally incubated with an LAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample in a vessel or wells, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification. These samples may be monitored for changes in a detectable property of the LAP binding cargo molecule.
  • flow cytometry is a method for analyzing cells labeled with a fluorescent probe molecule on a flow cytometer. Ln a flow cytometer the cells pass single-file through a focused laser beam where they emit fluorescence from the probe within the cell that can be detected by the photomultiplier tubes of the cytometer.
  • Cells with abnormal expression, high or low, of IAP may be contacted and optionally incubated with LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) having a fluorescent probe cargo portion.
  • the binding of the LAP binding cargo molecules to the LAP protein in the cells may be detected by the flow cytometer.
  • the intensity of the fluorescence emission can be measured, digitized, and stored on a computer disk for analysis and comparison to the fluorescent emission from control cells, samples of cells being treated, or other cell samples whose IAP expression is to be determined.
  • a method of screening for LAP proteins in cells with a molecule that binds the BLR domain in an LAP protein includes combining an LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) and the LAP proteins from cells, under conditions wherein the LAP binding cargo molecule and LAP protein can combine. It may include the step of incubating a sample of cells with an LAP binding cargo molecule. LAP binding by the molecule, an indication of the presence of LAP in the cells may be determined by monitoring a detectable binding property of the LAP binding cargo molecule. A change in the detectable property of the LAP binding molecule may be used to determine the expression of LAP in the cells.
  • the IAP binding cargo molecule can be used to bind the IAP and relieve IAP-mediated inhibition of caspase activity in the cell.
  • the LAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to release the sequested Smac or other protein from the LAP and modify apoptosis within the cells.
  • other LAP binding cargo molecules may be administered to the cells.
  • These additional LAP binding cargo molecules may have different binding affinity for the LAP and may optionally include a cargo portion that is a therapeutic agent such as a radioisotope.
  • the IAP-binding cargo molecules may be utilized in various assays to screen for and identify compounds capable of acting as agonists or antagonists of the LAP -caspase protein or LAP-Smac interactions within cells.
  • LAP binding cargo molecules which can disrupt IAP-caspase interaction, antagonists of this interaction are expected to be useful as pro-apoptotic drugs for treatment of cell proliferative diseases such as cancer.
  • Agonists of this interaction may be be useful as anti-apoptotic drugs for treatment of diseases where inhibition of apoptosis is needed, e.g., degenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease.
  • a living system may include plants, animals, single and multicellular organisms, and insects.
  • the term mammal includes humans and all domestic and wild animals, including, without limitation, cattle, horses, swine, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, and the like.
  • An effective amount refers to that amount of a an LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention which, when administered to a sample of one or more cells including a tissue, or a living system such as an animal, preferably a mammal, in need thereof, is sufficient to effect detection of LAP in tissue or cells, prophylaxis of tissue or cells, or therapeutic treatment of IAP in the cells or tissue, preferably those in a living system.
  • the amount of a compound of the present invention which constitutes a therapeutically effective amount that modifies or promotes apoptosis in one or more cells including a tissue, or a subject will vary depending on the compound, the disease-state and its severity, and the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure.
  • a diagnostically effetive amount is an amount of an LAP binding cargo molecule sufficient to permit detection of LAP in cells or tissue and may for example vary depending upon the location of the cell or tissue and the stability of the IAP binding-cargo molecule.
  • a prophylactically effective amount is an amount of an IAP binding cargo molecule that prevents the occurance of a disease state and may be determined for example by prophylactic administration of IAP binding cargo molecules to cells, tissue, or test animals with controls and then exposing these to conditions known to induce abnormal cellular proliferation and then determining the prophylactically effective amount of the IAP binding cargo molecule.
  • Treating or treatment of a disease-state in a sample of cells, a tissue, a mammal, and particularly in a human can include detecting the presence of disease in the cells using compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention and where a disease is detected, optionally followed by administration of compounds of the present invention to the one or more cells, to an animal or tissue including human subjects, to modify and preferably promote apoptosis.
  • the disease-state in the case of over expression of IAP proteins in cells may be alleviated by the inhibition of an IAP-caspase interaction or an IAP-Smac interaction by administering IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention to the cells thereby causing regression of the disease-state.
  • the treatment can also include: preventing the disease-state from occurring in a mammal.
  • a mammal that is predisposed to a disease-state characterized by inhibition of apoptosis, but the mammal has not yet been diagnosed as having the disease; an effective amount of the IAP binding compounds of the present invention may be administed to cells or the patient to inhibit the disease-state or arrest its development.
  • molecules of structure (2), (3), of (5) can be administered as a composition to provide systemic distribution of the IAP binding molecules such as by oral, buccal or parenteral administration in the mammal or human.
  • the administration can be included in a method of treating mammals, especially humans, suffering from a proliferation disorder or that are at risk of a proliferation disorder.
  • “At risk” refers to mammals like persons whose genotype, family history, or other risk factors indicates a greater than normal likelihood that the person will suffer from a proliferation disorder if left untreated.
  • the expression of IAP in cells can be detected in patients without the need for surgery. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses compounds and methods for detecting intracellular biochemical activities in living systems such as, whole animals, tissues, or 25208
  • IAP binding cargo molecules of this invention which translocate into cells, and which are detectable in living cells at distances removed from the cells by the presence of intervening tissue.
  • the methods and compositions can be used for identifying cells or tissue having abnormal expression of IAP in a combination of one or more cells or tissues; and administering an effective amount of an IAP -binding cargo molecule to bind with the IAP in the sample cells and modify the activity of the IAP in the cells or tissue.
  • tissues to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, for example, cancer cells, in particular, central nervous system tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, lung, head and neck cancer, lymphomas, leukemias, multiple myeloma, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, renal tumors, sarcomas, colon and other gastrointestinal cancers, metastases, and melanomas.
  • diseases, conditions or disorders where modification of apoptosis or abnormal LAP activity are involved and to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, but are not limited to infection, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer disease and Parkinson's disease.
  • a proliferation disorder may include a disorder in which LAP activity inhibits apoptosis in cells receiving an apoptotic stimulus.
  • Apoptosis may be promoted in a sample of cells by administering to the cells an amount of an LAP -binding cargo molecule effective to stimulate apoptosis in the cells.
  • the cells may be cultured cells, cells from within a tissue, and the tissue preferably is located within a living organism, preferably an animal, more preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human. These latter embodiments are carried out by formulating the IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention in a therapeutically effective amount as a pharmaceutical preparation for administration to a mammalian subject. Such a pharmaceutical preparation constitutes another aspect of the present invention.
  • the ability of a pharmaceutical agent to simulate or inhibit apoptosis may be tested in a cell-free activity assay of downstream targets of LAP. Ln the absence of an IAP- binding cargo molecule, LAP itself can for example interact with Smac or inhibit the activity of caspases, thereby arresting apoptosis.
  • assays include, but are not limited to, direct caspase- 9 activity assays and caspase activation assays (cleavage of procaspases).
  • an IAP-binding cargo molecule of the invention having a pre-determined level of activity in such assays, is used as a positive control and, optionally, a corresponding molecule known not to be active in the assay is used as a negative control.
  • Assays can be conducted using these controls, and the cells undergoing the treatment evaluated on relief of inhibition of Smac or caspase activity by IAP in the presence of the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5).
  • Cells that undergo apoptosis can be differentiated from normal cells by distinct morphological changes or by molecular markers, such as cleavage of chromosomes into nucleosome ladders (detected by nuclear DNA staining).
  • LAP binding cargo molecules of the invention are those that bind LAP (inhibitor of apoptosis protein), specifically the BLR domain of LAP, more specifically the BLR3 binding groove of XIAP. This biological activity may be measured with respect to any LAP, including but not limited to XIAP, c-IAPl, c- LAP2, survivin, ML-IAP, and DLAP.
  • Binding constants were measured using fluorescence polarization as described by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska, Renxiao Wang, Xueliang Fang, Hongguang Pan, York Tomita, Peng Li, Peter P. Roller, Krzysztof Krajewski, Naoyuki Saito, Jeanne Stuckey and Shaomeng Wang, in "Development and Optimization of a Binding Assay for the XIAP BLR3 Domain Using Fluorescence Polarization", Analytical Biochemistry 2004, 332 ,261-273).
  • test LAP binding compounds at various concentrations for binding measurements were mixed with 5 nM fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH 2 ) and 40 nM of XIAP- BLR3 for 15 minutes at room temperature in 100 ⁇ L of 0.1M Potassium Phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 containing 100 ⁇ g/ml bovine ⁇ -globulin.
  • the polarization values (mP) were measured on a ViCtOr 2 V using a 485 ran excitation filter and a 520 nm emission filter.
  • IC 50 values were determined from the plot using nonlinear least-squares analysis using GraphPad Prism.
  • K d values of competitive inhibitors were calculated using the equation described by by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska et al. based upon the measured IC 5 0 values, the K d value of the probe and XLAP BLR3 complex, and the concentrations of the protein and probe in the competition assay.
  • This example illustrates use of compounds of embodiments of the present invention that can be used in a method of treating cells.
  • the method using these LAP binding compounds can include administering to abnormal cells, which may be known to overexpress LAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells or other cells, an amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells.
  • the MTT assay is an example of an assay that has been used for measuring cell growth as previously described (Hansen, M. B., Nielsen, S. E., and Berg, K. J. Immunol. Methods 1989, 119, 203-210) and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Briefly, SK-OV-3 cells were seeded in 96-well plates in McCoy's medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum albumin (20,000 per well) and incubated overnight at 37 °C. Next day, test compounds were added at various concentrations typically from about 10 to about 0.0001 ⁇ M and the plates were incubated at 37 °C for an additional 72 hrs. This incubation time was optimal for measuring inhibitory effects of different analogs.
  • CS Cell survival
  • the EC 50 defined as the drug concentration that results in 50% CS, was derived by calculating the point where the dose-response curve crosses the 50% CS point using GraphPad Prism.
  • Representative results for IAP binding compounds are:
  • N- Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, pyrrolidine 5 (0.17 g, 0.48 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO 3 , IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.23 g (92%) of 6 as a colorless oil.
  • the white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM.
  • the clarified filtrate was washed successively with IM NaOH, water, and brine.
  • the organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • the crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.18 g (45%) of 9 as a colorless oil.
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 9 (0.18 g, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 , brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine (10) was used without further purification (0.13 g obtained).
  • iV-Methylmorpholine (0.12 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 10 (0.13 g, 0.41 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO 3 , IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:2 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.20 g (92%, 2 steps) of 11 as a colorless oil.
  • iV-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 12 (0.14 g, 0.34 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 72 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO 3 , IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.11 g (49%, 2 steps) of 13 as a colorless oil.
  • [00175] A. 25-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-4iS r -phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester (15): [Re: SRR-006-062] Palladium-on-carbon (10%, 0.3 g) was added to a solution of alcohol 8 (3 g, 9.4 mmol) in EtOAc (30 mL). The reaction mixture was placed on a Parr shaker and pressurized to 45 PSI H 2 (g). The heterogeneous mixture was shaken for 24 h at ambient temperature.
  • the white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM.
  • the clarified filtrate was washed successively with IM NaOH, water, and brine.
  • the organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • the crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3 : 1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.46 g of 16 as a colorless oil.
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 16 (0.46 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 , brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.30 g (85%) of 17 as a colorless oil.
  • N-Methylmorpholine (0.05 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 19 (0.078 g, 0.18 mmol) in ⁇ MP (1 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO 3 , IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.038 g of 20 as a colorless oil.
  • 2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl ⁇ -ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (31) A mixture of 30 (0.52 g, 0.90 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.05 g) in EtOAc (25 mL) was placed on a Parr apparatus and pressurized to 45 PSI H 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was shaken for 24 h. TLC analysis revealed only unconsumed starting material therefore the catalyst was removed by filtration and the clarified filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in EtOAc (25 mL) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.208 g) was added.
  • the reaction mixture was shaken under a H 2 atmosphere (45 PSI) for 4 h at which time a second portion of palladium catalyst (0.05 g) was added. Hydrogenation was continued until all of the starting material was consumed ( ⁇ 2 h). The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1) to afford 0.37 g (84%) of 31 as a white solid.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed twice with 1 N NaOH, followed by brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 2:1) to afford 0.057 g (91%) of 33 as a white solid.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O, washed with saturated Na 2 S 2 O 8 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) afforded 1.1 g (61%) of 38 as a yellow oil.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO 3 , 1 M HCl, water, and brine.
  • the organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford 630 mg (96%) of 49 which was used without further purification.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO 3 , 1 M HCl, water, and brine.
  • the organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford 160 mg (quant.) of 51 which was used without further purification.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO 3 , 1 M HCl, water, and brine.
  • the organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford 3.0 g (87%) of 53 as an orange-colored oil which was used without further purification.
  • D. Boc-protected Des-alanine Ornithine-derived Lactam (56) A solution containing 55 (2.3 g, 4.7 mmol) in 1:1 NMP/DCM (30 mL) was treated with HATU (2.1 g, 5.5 mmol) and NMM (0.6 mL, 5.5 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with aqueous Na 2 SO 4 , dilute aqueous HCl, water, brine, then dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford 1.5 g (68%) of 56 as an off-white-colored foam which was used without further purification.
  • Boc-L-alanine (526 mg, 2.8 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was treated with HATU (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) followed by NMM (0.3 mL, 2.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, crude amine 57 (0.8 mg, 2.2 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 2 d, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO 3 , 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford ⁇ 1 g (84%) of 58 as a yellow-colored oil which was used without further purification. Mass spectrum: m/z 541 [M + H] + , and 563 [M + Na] + .

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

IAP binding molecules and compositions including these are disclosed. The IAP binding molecules interact with IAPs (inhibitor of apoptosis proteins) in cells and may be used to modify apoptosis in cells treated with such molecules. Embodiments of these compounds have a Kd of less that 0.1 micromolar. Methods of using these IAP binding molecules for therapeutic, diagnostic, and assay purposes are also disclosed.

Description

IAP BINDING COMPOUNDS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/588,050, filed July 15, 2004, which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference thereto.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Apoptosis, programmed cell death, plays a central role in the development and homeostasis of all multi-cellular organisms. Alterations in apoptotic pathways have been implicated in many types of human pathologies, including developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders.
[0003] Programmed cell death pathways have become targets for the development of therapeutic agents. In some cases because it is easier to destroy diseased cells rather than to sustain them, anti-cancer therapies using pro- apoptotic agents such as conventional radiation and chemo-therapy have been used to trigger activation of the mitochondria-mediated apoptotic pathways. However, these therapies lack molecular specificity, and more specific molecular targets are needed.
[0004] Apoptosis is executed primarily by activated caspases, a family of cysteine proteases with aspartate specificity in their substrates. Caspases are produced in cells as catalytically inactive zymogens and must be proteolytically processed to become active proteases during apoptosis. hi normal surviving cells that have not received an apoptotic stimulus, most caspases remain inactive. Even if some caspases are aberrantly activated, their proteolytic activity can be fully inhibited by a family of evolutionarily conserved proteins called IAPs (inhibitors of apoptosis proteins) (Deveraux & Reed, Genes Dev. 13: 239-252,1999). Each of the IAPs contains 1-3 copies of the so-called BIR (baculoviral IAP repeat) domain and directly interacts with and inhibits the enzymatic activity of mature caspases. Several distinct mammalian IAPs including XIAP, survivin, and LIVIN/ML-IAP, (Kasof and Gomes, J. Biol. Chem. 276: 3238-3246,2001; Vucic et al. Curr. Biol. 10: 1359-1366,2000; Ashhab et al. FEBS Lett. 495: 56-60,2001), have been identified and they exhibit anti-apoptotic activity in cell culture (Deveraux & Reed, 1999, supra). As IAPs are expressed in most cancer cells, they may directly contribute to tumor progression and subsequent resistance to drug treatment.
[0005] In normal cells signaled to undergo apoptosis, however, the IAP-mediated inhibitory effect must be removed, a process at least in part performed by a mitochondrial protein named Smac, second mitochondria-derived activator of caspases; (Du et al. Cell 102: 33- 42,2000) or DIABLO (direct IAP binding protein with low pi ; Verhagen et al. Cell 102: 43- 53,2000). Smac/DIABLO, synthesized in the cytoplasm, is targeted to the inter-membrane space of mitochondria. Upon apoptotic stimuli, Smac is released from mitochondria back into the cytosol, together with cytochrome c. Whereas cytochrome c induces multimerization of Apaf-1 to activate procaspase-9 and procaspase-3, Smac eliminates the inhibitory effect of multiple IAPs. Smac interacts with all IAPs that have been examined to date, including XIAP, c-IAPl, c- IAP2, ML-IAP, and survivin. Smac appears to be a regulator of apoptosis in mammals. In addition to the inhibition of caspases, overexpressed IAPs can function to bind Smac and prevent it from binding to XIAP and releasing caspases (Vucic et. al., Biochem. J. 385(Pt 1):11-20, 2005).
[0006] Smac is synthesized as a precursor molecule of 239 amino acids; the N- terminal 55 residues serve as the mitochondria targeting sequence that is removed after import. The mature form of Smac contains 184 amino acids and behaves as an oligomer in solution. Smac and various fragments of it have been proposed for use as targets for identification of therapeutic agents. The biological activity of Smac is believed to be related to binding of its N-terminal four residues to a featured surface groove in a portion of XIAP referred to as the BIR3 domain. This binding prevents XIAP from exerting its apoptosis-suppressing function in the cell. The N- terminal tetrapeptides from IAP binding proteins of the Drosophila pro-apoptotic proteins Hid, Grim and Reaper are believed to function in the same manner.
[0007] Commonly-owned co-pending International Application No. PCT/US02/17342, filed May 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, discloses assays for use in high throughput screening of agents that bind to a BIR domain of an IAP, thereby relieving IAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis. The assays utilize a labeled IAP-binding peptide or peptidomimetic that binds to a BIR domain of an IAP, wherein at least one measurable feature of the label changes as a function of the IAP binding compound being bound to the LAP or free in solution. The BIR domain of an IAP is contacted with the labeled LAP peptide or peptidomimetic to form a complex, and the complex is exposed to a compound to be tested for BIR binding. Displacement of the labeled IAP peptide or peptidomimetic from the complex, if any, by the test compound, is measured.
[0008] Disadvantages in the use of peptides for in vivo administration as diagnostic or therapeutic agents may include their short half-life due to proteolytic degradation of the peptide in the body, low absorption through intestinal walls, potential immunogenic reactions, as well as expense involved in peptide synthesis. It would be beneficial to prepare non-peptidic IAP binding compounds that have comparable biological activity of bioactive peptides, but possess improved pharmacological properties and are easier or less expensive to synthesize.
[0009] In connection with the Smac tetrapeptides it would be a significant advance in the art to develop IAP-binding compounds which may be used to promote apoptosis, while also having the improved properties associated with non- peptide compounds. Such compounds can be used as diagnostic and therapeutic agents in the treatment of apoptosis related conditions.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0010] An embodiment of the present invention is a compound, or composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (2):
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein: A1 and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Rla is H or a methyl group; R^ is an alkyl or aryl group; X1 is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 is a detectable label or is :
? i *-' M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group, G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R2d)- where R2(j is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m- where m is 0, 1, or 2; and R10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
[0011] Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound, or composition including a compound, of the general formula (3):
Figure imgf000005_0001
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rla and R^ are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1 a or R11, form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms; Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10; Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z together with Y, M, G, or Ri0 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Ri0; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, - (C=O)-; -S(O)1- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10; R10 is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000006_0001
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rj1, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfRi4-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rn, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any OfR14-17.
[0012] Another embodiment is compound, or a composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (5)
Figure imgf000006_0002
where A1 is H, or lower alkyl; Rla is H; R^ is lower alkyl group; Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups; Zla and Zib are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18- and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000007_0001
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rn, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11; R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Zn,, M, G, R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17.
[0013] In a preferred embodiment the present invention is compound, or a composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (5)
Figure imgf000008_0001
(5) where A1 is H, or lower alkyl; Rla is H; R^ is lower alkyl group; Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups; Zla and Zw3 are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18- and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1O is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or
Figure imgf000008_0002
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11; R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently Rn, R'π, Ri2> any OfR13-17, or any of R14-I7 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any OfR14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'n> R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1 a, Zu,, M, G, Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17. Even more preferably, X2 is nitrogin.
[0014] Further embodiments of the present invention include molecules and compositions that may be useful to modify or regulate apoptosis in cells. These IAP binding molecules can bind to a variety of IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins). These molecules may be monomers or dimers and may also include a detectable label or therapeutic moiety and can be formulated as pharmaceutical or diagnostic compositions containing these molecules. Methods for using these compounds as therapeutic and diagnostic agents are also described.
[0015] The IAP binding molecules of the present invention, which can also be referred to as IAP binding cargo molecules, can permeate, be transfected, or otherwise be actively or passively transported into cells and can be used to displace IAPs from other proteins like caspases or Smac in cells. At least a portion of the LAP binding-cargo molecule binds to a BIR domain of an LAP. The IAP binding cargo molecule may provide a therapeutic effect for a cell proliferation disorder and can include additional therapeutic, diagnostic, or other substituents in the molecule. Embodiments of the LAP binding molecules include derivatives of pyrrolidine that bind to a BLR domain of an LAP.
[0016] Embodiments of the present invention include LAP binding cargo molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the general structure of formula (2):
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein: A1 and A2 can independently be hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Rla can be H or a methyl group; R1I3 may be an alkyl or aryl group, in some embodiments Rn, is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or ethenyl group; X1 can be -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH- group, and J can be -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or an -NH- group; Y can be H, or an alkyl group; Z can be H, -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group, in some embodiments Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 can include a detectable label or can be
Figure imgf000010_0001
where R2a can be an aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl group; R2b can be H or alkyl group, R2c can be aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkylaryl group. In some embodiments R2c is tetrahydronaphthyl or substituted tetrahydronapthyl group, most preferably R2c is
Figure imgf000010_0002
Chiral carbons (i*) for (i*=3 to 8) may independently have an (R) or (S) configuration; M can be alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynlene group, in some embodiments M is:
Figure imgf000010_0003
[0017] In some embodiments G can be selected from a bond (i.e., G is absent), -O-; - N(R2d)- where R2d can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m- where m is 0, 1, or 2;
[0018] R10 can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; in some embodiments R10 is:
Figure imgf000010_0004
where R3, R 3, R4, R5, R 5, R6, R7, R8 and R9 can each independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, halo, cyano, -(CH2)PC(=O)OH, -(CH2)pC(=O)O-alkyl, -(CH2)PC (=O)NH2 ; n and p are integers and preferably n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and p is independently the integer 0,1, 2, or 3; preferably at least one R3, R 3, R4, and R 5, R5 or at least two OfR6, R7, R8 and R9 are each independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, halo, or cyano ; provided that when one or more of R3, R3, R 5, and R5 is isopropyl, R4 is other than isopropyl ; provided that when R4 is isopropyl, R3, R 3, R 5, and R5 are each independently other than isopropyl ; provided that when R8 is isopropyl, R9 is other than isopropyl ; and provided that in a therapeutic composition, (2) is not the structure where R2 is
Figure imgf000011_0001
where A1 is H, A2 is methyl, Ria is H, Rn3 is methyl, X1 is -NH-, J is -CH-, Y is t-butyl, Z is (- OC6Hs) and (3*) has an (S) configuration, (4*) has an (S) configuration, (5*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, (6*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, and (7*) has an (R) configuration. Some embodiments of compounds of structure (2) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0019] Some embodiments of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), where A2 is H, X1 is -NH-, J is -CH-, and n is 0 for R2, can be depicted by structure (3):
Figure imgf000011_0002
[0020] In some embodiments of compounds of structure (3), A1 can be H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rla and R^ can separately be H, lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1 a or R^ can form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
[0021] Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroalkynyl, heteroaryl, or arylalkyl group; optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y together with Z, M, G, or R10 forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10; preferably Y is linked to M, G, or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0022] Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R10 form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10; preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0023] M can be an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally substituted alkylene, an alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0024] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -O-; -NH-; -(C=O)-; -S(O)1- where t is the integer 0, 1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x is the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic, or optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10, preferably R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10, by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. [0025] R10 can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group or optionally substituted versions of these groups; or R10 can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Figure imgf000013_0001
where X2 is a heteroatom in structures (4a) or (4b), or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond as illustrated in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R11, R'n, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'n, Ri2, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'n, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11; R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and can be linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rn, R'n, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. Some embodiments of compounds of structure (3) have a K<i as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0026] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Figure imgf000014_0001
[0027] A1 can be H, or lower alkyl, or A1 and Rn, together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
[0028] Rla can be H; R^ can be a lower alkyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
[0029] Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Zla, Z11,, or R1O forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y can be linked to Zla, Zn,, or R10; preferably Y is linked to Zla, Zn3, or R1O by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0030] Zla and Zn, can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zla, Zlb; together with Y or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z1 a or Zn,, is linked to Y or R10; preferably Zla or Zn,, is linked to Y or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0031] M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0032] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -O-; -NH-; -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group. [0033] R10 can be aryl, a heteroaryl group, or Rio can be anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Figure imgf000015_0001
(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 can be a heteroatom in structures (4a) or 4(b) or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond as illustrated in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any OfRi4-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14.17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Zib, M, G, Rj1, R'π, Rn. any OfR13-17, or any of R14-I7 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. Some embodiments of compounds of structure (5) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0034] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Figure imgf000016_0001
[0035] A1 can be H, methyl, ethyl, or A1 and R^ together form a ring of 3-5 atoms.
[0036] Rla can be H; R^ can be a methyl or ethyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
[0037] Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y together with Zla, Z113, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zla, Z1^ or Rj0; preferably Y is linked to Zla, Zy0, or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0038] Z1 a and Zy0 can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zla, Z1^ together with Y or R1O form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zla or Z1^ is linked to Y or R10; preferably Zla or Z11,, is linked to Y or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0039] M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0040] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -O-; -NH-; -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x can be the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group.
[0041] R10 can be a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group, or preferably R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Figure imgf000017_0001
(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 can be a heteroatom (4a) or (4b) or X2 can be a carbon-carbon bond (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'lls R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'n, Ri2, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Z1J3, M, G, R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17, preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0042] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Figure imgf000017_0002
where A1 can be H, or a methyl group; Rla is H; R^ can be a methyl or ethyl group.
[0043] In structure (5) Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to R10; preferably Y is linked to R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0044] Zia and Z^ can independently be an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxygroup.
[0045] M can be methylene, an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0046] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -O-; or -NH-,
[0047] R10 can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, or in some embodiments R10 can be a structure of formula (4a):
Figure imgf000018_0001
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R12, or any OfR14-17 can be H, or optional substituents including halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R12, or any OfR14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R12, or any OfR14. 17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R12, or any OfR14-17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Z1I,, M, G, Rn, R12, or any OfR14-17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0048] IAP binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) may be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a cancer or cellular proliferation condition (including developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders). The IAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be used in the preparation of a drug for treating cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder condition in a ready to use form. The drug can be administered to a patient for treating or preventing cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder, hi ready to use form refers to the compounds being presentable for sale and may include the compounds in a tablet, liquid, or other form for administration, suitable packaging, instructions, and other items.
[0049] One embodiment of the invention is a method of treating cells or tissue that can include administering to cells having a proliferation disorder, for example HeLa cells known to overexpress IAP (other cells may include but are not limited to those with developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders), an amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce or eliminate the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells or tissue.
[0050] A further embodiment of the present invention is a method of treating disorders associated with cell proliferation, including, but not limited to proliferative disorders and diseases. Such methods include administration of the compounds of the present invention alone or in combination with other active agents, including pharmaceuticals and chemotherapeutic agents. For example, the dimmers of LAP binding compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with chemotherapeutic agents as is disclosed in commonly owned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/692,111, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0051] The foregoing IAP binding compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions or as diagnostic agents, or both. These pharmaceutical compositions and diagnostic agents may be used for treatment and detection of cell proliferative disorders, as well as in screening assays for the discovery and development of additional diagnostic and therapeutic agents for modifying cell proliferation and detecting cell proliferative disorders.
[0052] The present invention includes an assay for use in high throughput screening or rational drug design of LAP binding compounds that can, like the Smac tetrapeptide or its homologs in other species, bind to a BLR domain of an LAP thereby modifying, and preferably relieving IAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis. The binding of test compounds can be used in the design of IAP binding compounds and IAP binding cargo molecules for the identification, prevention, and treatment of diseases related to cell proliferation. The LAP binding cargo molecule or compounds in embodiments of the present invention can bind to proteins such as through the BIR domain of an LAP. In some embodiments, the LAP binding molecule interacts with the BUG domain of the protein XLAP or BLR2 domain of DIAPl. The LAP binding molecule can interact with the protein through a specific binding groove of the BLR domain.
[0053] The assay includes the steps of providing a labeled LAP binding compound or an LAP binding-cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), that binds to the appropriate BLR domain of the LAP, wherein preferably at least one measurable feature of the labeled LAP binding compound changes as a function of the labeled LAP binding compound being bound to the LAP or free in solution. The assay may further include contacting the BLR domain of an LAP with the labeled LAP binding compound under conditions enabling binding of the labeled LAP binding compound with the BLR domain, thereby forming a labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex having the measurable feature. The labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex may be contacted with other peptides, LAP binding compounds, or test compounds being developed, to measure the binding of the peptides, LAP binding compounds, or test compound for the BLR domain by measuring the displacement of the labeled LAP binding compound from the labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex. Displacement of the labeled LAP binding compound from the labeled BLR-bound LAP binding compound complex by the peptides, LAP binding compounds, or test compound can be determined by measuring the change in the measurable feature of the labeled LAP binding compound, thereby determining if the test compound is capable of binding to the BLR domain of the LAP and the strength of the interaction.
[0054] The present invention relates to the treatment of cell proliferation conditions and diseases and more specifically conditions where the activity of LAP in cells, tissues or an individual is abnormal. The invention features molecules that are LAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5), that bind to IAPs such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IAPl, C-IAP2, ML- IAP and survivin in cells. The mimetic molecules optionally include an integral or linked cargo portion that can include a therapeutic or diagnostic functionality. The LAP binding compound molecules may be administered to cells, a tissue, or a patient in need of treatment or detection for a cell proliferation condition or disease. The need for treatment can be identified by contacting cells or a tissue, preferably from the patient, with an IAP binding molecule having a detectable label or cargo that changes when the molecule binds to an IAP in the tissue or cells. The binding of the IAP binding compound molecule with the IAP in the cells can be used to modify a cell proliferation condition or disease or it may be combined with other therapeutic treatments such as radiation therapy. The activity of IAP in the cells or the progress of a course of treatment for a cell proliferation condition or disease may be measured with an IAP binding cargo molecule having a detectable label.
[0055] According to one aspect of the invention, a method of selectively identifying neoplastic or cancer cells in a mixed population of cells is provided. The method includes contacting the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind a protein like an IAP within the neoplastic cells, thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells by a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule, and in some embodiments a change in a detectable property of the LAP binding cargo molecule upon complexation with LAP in the neoplastic cells. The cells may be cultured cells or primary cells from a patient (human or animal). Alternatively, the cells may be present within the patient, and the contacting accomplished by introducing the IAP-binding cargo molecule into the patient.
[0056] In an embodiment of the IAP-binding cargo molecule, the cargo portion of the molecule comprises a dye label. In other embodiments, the cargo portion of the molecule can be, but is not limited to, an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent. The selective identification of tissues or cells having LAP is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. Alternatively, the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule comprises a radioisotope and the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography.
[0057] Another aspect of the invention features a method of selectively damaging or inducing apoptosis in neoplastic cells by killing some or all of the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells. The method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with an IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), or (3), or (5). The LAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion of the molecule can include a moiety or substituent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells such as but not limited to a radioisotope or a photosensitizing agent. The LAP binding portion of the molecule binds to a protein like an LAP within the neoplastic cells, where the toxic moiety of the IAP-binding cargo molecule directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells.
Another embodiment of the present invention is a composition that includes cells and an LAP- binding cargo molecule. The LAP binding cargo molecule binds to an LAP protein, such as XLAP, C-LAPl, C-IAP2, ML-LAP, or survivin, preferably it binds to a BLR surface groove of an LAP protein. In some embodiments the LAP binding molecule binds to the BLR3 surface groove of an XIAP protein. The LAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), can permeate or be transfected into the cells and can, for example, be used to displace one or more LAP proteins from caspases in the cells or displace a protein like Smac sequestered by LAPs. The LAP binding cargo molecule can have a detectable property which is modified upon chemical, physical, or a combination of these interactions, of the LAP binding molecule with the LAP protein in the cells. This composition is useful as a control for monitoring the presence of LAP in the cells undergoing treatment or for use as a standard in the detection of abnormal LAP levels in a sample of cells. The detectable property may be the emission of light by the cargo portion of the molecule which changes when the LAP bonding portion of the molecule binds to an LAP protein.
[0058] The LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in embodiments of the invention may be characterized by having an LAP binding constant Kd. Ln some embodiments Kd is less than about 10 μM, in other embodiments Kd is less than about 1 μM, and in still other embodiments Kd is less than about 0.1 μM as determined by the methods described in Example 1 or equivalents of these methods known to those skilled in the art. Molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a Kd of less than about 10 μM can be used in an in vitro binding assay with the BLR domain of an LAP and in some embodiments the BLR3 domain of XLAP. The LAP binding cargo molecule, and preferably the cargo portion of the molecule includes but is not limited to a fluorogenic group, a radioisotope, or other chromogenic group. In further embodiments the LAP binding cargo molecule may include another peptide or peptidomimetic unit (e.g., dimer). The LAP binding cargo molecule may include an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent and the selective identification of the cargo portion of the molecule performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The one or more cells in the composition may include but are not limited to cells from a bodily fluid, tissue, tumor, fibroid, neoplastic cells, stem cells, nervous system cells or any combination of these from an animal, a mammal, or a human. The cells in the composition may be taken from tissue suspected of exhibiting an abnormal level of LAP based upon physical examination, motor skill tests, or detection by palpation of a lump in a part of the body. The composition may include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
[0059] Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of identifying LAP in cells that includes monitoring a mixture of one or more LAP binding cargo molecules comprising structure (2), (3), or (5), or dimers thereof, with one or more sample cells for the presence of a detectable label from an IAP binding cargo molecule or a change in a detectable property of one or more of the LAP binding cargo molecules in the mixture. Preferably the detectable property of the LAP binding cargo molecule changes upon formation of a complex between the LAP binding cargo molecule and the BLR domain of an LAP protein, the LAPs may include but are not limited to XLAP, C-LAPl, C-IAP2, ML-LAP, or survivin in the sample cells. In the sample, the LAP may be bound to a caspase, other proteins like Smac, or combinations of these within the cell. Monitoring may be performed on cells and an LAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification. This invention may be used to detect abnormal expression, over or under expression, of LAP in cells and the indication of abnormal expression used to begin a course of treatment of the cells. Preferably the LAP binding cargo molecule is used to detect overexpression of LAPs in cells. The method may further include the act of comparing a change in a detectable property of one or more LAP binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more control cells to the detectable change in the property of the one or more LAP binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more sample cells. The comparison may be related to the amount or activity of LAP in the sample cells. The method may include the act of combining one or more LAP binding cargo molecules with one or more cells including but not limited to sample cells, control cells, or various combination of these cells. The monitoring may use the absorption or emission of radiant energy by the mixture of LAP binding cargo molecules and the cells, including but not limited to magnetic resonance, fluorescence, chemiluminesence, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron emission tomography. Preferably the change in the detectable property of one or more of the LAP binding cargo molecules in the mixture chemically, and or physically binding to the LAP in the cells is a change in the intensity of fluorescent emission of the LAP binding molecule. In some embodiments, a change occurs in the fluorescent emission of one or more IAP binding cargo molecules capable of displacing IAP from caspases or Smac from IAPs in the sample cells.
[0060] A method of treating cells of the present invention includes identifying the expression of IAP in cells and administering an amount of a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule or other therapeutic to the cells to modify the activity of IAP in the cells. The LAP - binding cargo molecule may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. For example, following identification of abnormal levels of LAP in a sample of cells, (optionally by comparison to a control sample of cells), purified Smac, an LAP binding compound, or an LAP binding cargo molecule, may be added to the cells to induce apoptosis. This invention can be used to identify cells in need of treatment, treat the cells, and mom'tor the progress of the treatment of the cells having the abnormal LAP levels. The act of identifying cells having abnormal IAP expression includes monitoring a mixture of one or more LAP binding cargo molecules with one or more sample cells for a change in a detectable property of one or more of the LAP binding cargo molecules. The detectable property changes upon formation of a complex between the LAP binding molecule and LAP in the sample cells.
[0061] Another embodiment of the present invention is an article or kit that includes packaging material containing a composition of LAP binding compound or an LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or a dimer thereof. The packaging material has a label that indicates how the LAP binding cargo composition can be used for administration, treatment, or detecting levels of LAP in a sample of cells. The label may further indicate how the LAP binding cargo molecule or another LAP binding cargo molecule included in a pharmaceutical composition can be used to treat cells where an abnormal level of LAP expression is determined.
[0062] An embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively identifying neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells. Ln the method a sample of the mixed cell population is contacted with one or more LAP-binding cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof under conditions enabling the LAP-binding cargo molecule to bind LAP within the neoplastic cells and thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells. The cells may include but are not limited to cultured cells, cells that are removed from a subject by biopsy, or cells from a fluid. The contacting may be performed by introducing the labeled LAP-binding cargo molecule into a tissue sample or a tissue in a living subject possessing or suspected of possessing the neoplastic cells. The LAP-binding cargo molecule can have a dye label cargo portion and preferably the dye is a fluorogenic dye. The labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule may have an NMR-active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule may have a cargo portion of the molecule that is a radioisotope and where the selective identification performed through positron emission tomography. The IAP binding cargo molecule may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents for modifying apoptosis in the sample of cells.
[0063] Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively damaging or killing neoplastic cells in a mixed population of normal and neoplastic cells. The method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof including an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells, preferably the cargo portion of the molecule is an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells. Under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind LAP within the neoplastic cells, the agent directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells. The method may use a toxic agent that is a radioisotope. The method may use a photosensitizing toxic agent and the selective damaging or killing is performed by exposing the cell population to light.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0064] Before the present compositions and methods are described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular molecules, compositions, methodologies or protocols described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in the description is for the purpose of describing the particular versions or embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which will be limited only by the appended claims.
[0065] It must also be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an", and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to a "cell" is a reference to one or more cells and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of embodiments of the present invention, the embodiment's methods, devices, and materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.
[0066] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event occurs and instances where it does not.
[0067] The LAP binding molecules of the present invention and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds can bind to IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins) such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IAPl, C-IAP2, survin, and LIVIN/ML-IAP. These compounds may include diagnostic or therapeutic moieties or substituents as part of the binding portion of the molecule or linked to the binding portion of the molecule. The IAP binding cargo molecules may be arbitrarily divided to include an IAP binding portion and a cargo portion. The IAP binding portion of the molecule interacts with an IAP protein, preferably the BIR domain of an IAP protein, and may be a monomer or dimer. In some embodiments the IAP binding portion of the molecule interacts with the BIR3 surface groove of XIAP. The cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded to the IAP binding portion of the molecule. The cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, probes, labels, or markers. The cargo portion and LAP binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the LAP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the LAP binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule. One or more atoms in any portion of the LAP binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatment. In other embodiments, the cargo portion may constitute a second monomer, thereby forming a dimer molecule, via a linking group. The binding portion of the LAP binding compound confers IAP target protein specificity to the molecule and the cargo portion can provide a functional group to the molecule for monitoring or evaluating the location of the molecule or providing a therapeutic to that location within a cell sample or a tissue in a mammal. The LAP binding compounds may be used to displace sequestered proteins in cells, for example caspase-3,7 or 9 or Smac interacting with an IAP, so that the released protein can be used to promote apoptosis within the cell. Where the cargo portion of the molecule is linked to the LAP binding portion, the cargo portion may be bonded or chemically linked to any portion of the LAP binding portion of the molecule so that it does not adversely affect LAP binding, cell permeance or transfection into cells. While chemical interaction between the LAP binding portion and the cargo portion of the molecule may occur, the molecule is made so that the molecule's cell permeance, its LAP binding property, and function of the cargo portion are not adversely affected by their combination. The suitability of any LAP binding cargo molecule made by the method disclosed may be tested against fluorescently labeled peptide [AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2] in cells such but not limited to renal cell carcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer, HeLa cells, or others known to overexpress LAP, or other cells having a proliferation disorder. The LAP binding molecules of the present invention are capable of permeating cells of interest, binding to LAP in the cells, and optionally delivering the cargo to the cells.
[0068] Embodiments of compounds of structure (2), (3), (5) include 2-substituted pyrrolidine- 1-carbonyls, or 2, 4- independently substituted pyrrolidine- 1- carbonyls that have a Kd as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0069] The pharmaceutically active compounds of the invention are sometimes referred to herein as drugs, to highlight their therapeutic utility in promoting apoptosis by binding LAPs. However, another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as diagnostic agents, for detection of LAP in vitro, in situ or in vivo, or for IAP binding assays. In these embodiments, the compounds of the invention are detectably labeled, for example, with a fluorophore. Another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as targeting agents, i.e., by incorporating into their structure tumor cell-killing or other anti-tumor or therapeutic agents, such as radionuclides. Accordingly, drugs refer to pharmaceutically/biologically active (i. e., LAP- binding) compounds of the invention, for use as therapeutic, prophylactic, or diagnostic agents.
[0070] The term heteroatom refers to nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, other atoms or groups where the nitrogen, sulfur and other atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen may optionally be quaternized. Any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have hydrogen atoms sufficient to satisfy the valences. Ln some embodiments, for example where the heteroatotn is nitrogen and includes a hydrogen or other group to satisfy the valance of the nitrogen atom, replacement of the nitrogen in a similar structure by another heteroatom, for example by oxygen, will result in the hydrogen or group previously bonded to the nitrogen to be absent. The term heteroatom may include but is not limited to for example -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, - S(O)2-, -N-,-N(H)-, and -N(C1-C6 alkyl).
[0071] The term alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein). Lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein. Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, adamantyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2- dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
[0072] The term substituted alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituted lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituted alkyl radicals and substituted lower alkyl groups can have from 1 to 5 substituents including but not limited to alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkylamidino, amidalkyl (such as -CH2C(=O)NH2 or -CH2CH2C(=O)NH2), thioamidino, acylalkylamino, cyano, halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I) to give halogenated or partially halogenated alkyl groups, including but not limited to -CF3, - CF2CF3, -CH2CF2Cl and the like, hydroxy, nitro, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, guanidino, heteroaryl, aryl, heterocyclic, alkylamino, dialkylamino, or optionally substituted versions of any of the aforementioned groups.
[0073] The term alkylene radical as used herein includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2- ), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), 2-methylpropylene (-CH2CH(CH3)CH2-), hexylene (-(CH2)6-), and the like. Lower alkylene includes an alkylene group of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, carbon atoms.
[0074] Substituted alkylene radicals includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched alkylene radical or group having 1-30 carbon atoms and having from 1 to 5 substituents. Lower substituted alkylene radicals refer to to a substituted alkylene radical group, having 1-10 carbon atoms, preferably having 1-5 carbon atoms, and having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituents can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0075] The term alkenyl radical as used herein includes reference to a branched, cyclic hydrocarbon, or unbranched hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, isobutenyl, t- butenyl, octenyl, decenyl, tetradecenyl, hexadecenyl, eicosenyl, tetracosenyl and the like. The term lower alkenyl includes an alkenyl group of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds may independently have a cis or trans configuration. Substituted alkenyl radical refers to an alkenyl radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0076] The term alkenylene radical includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical or group containing from 2 to 30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. "Lower alkenylene" includes an alkenylene group of 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, carbon atoms, containing one carbon-carbon double bond. Substituted alkenylene radical refers to an alkenylene radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0077] The term alkynyl radical or group refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond, some embodiments include alkynyl groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms that have one triple bond. A substituted alkynyl will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups. Alkynylene includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond; some embodiments include an alkynylene groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms with one triple bond. A substituted alkynylene will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups. [0078] As used herein, "halo" or halogen refers to any halogen, such as I, Br, Cl or F. As used herein, "cyano" refers to the -C ≡N group.
[0079] The term aryl radical or group refers to an optionally substituted, mono or bicyclic aromatic ring radicals having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 10 carbons being preferred. Non-limiting examples or aryl groups include, for example, phenyl and naphthyl. A substituted aryl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0080] Aralkyl radical refers to alkyl radicals bearing an aryl substituent and have from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred. Aralkyl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples include, for example, benzyl, naphthylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, phenylethyl, and diphenylethyl. A substituted arylalkyl group will contain one or more substituents on the aryl or alkyl group as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0081] Cycloalkylaryl radical or group refers to a cycloalkyl radical fused to an aryl group, including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl cycloalkylaryls, the cycloalkyl and aryl group having two atoms in common. Examples of fused cycloalkylaryl groups used in compounds of the present invention may include 1-indanyl, 2-indanyl, 1 -(1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthyl), and the like. Tetrahydronaphthyl more specifically refers to those univalent radicals or groups derived from fused polycyclic hydrocarbons including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl tetrahydronaphthyls. These radicals may have a point of attachment at (C1) or equivalently (C4) in structure (11), or position labeled (C2) and equivalently (C3) in structure (Ha). The chiral carbon atoms C1-4 in tetrahydronaphthlene and its alkyl substituted derivatives may have either an (R) or (S) configuration.
Figure imgf000030_0001
[0082] Cycloalkyl radical or group more specifically includes reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic alkyl radical consisting of one or more rings in their structures and having from about 3 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 3 to about 7 carbon atoms being preferred. Multi-ring structures may be bridged or fused ring structures. The rings can optionally be substituted with one or more of the substituents for the alkyl groups. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, and adamantyl. A substituted cycloalkyl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0083] Cycloalkylalkyl radical more specifically refers to alkyl radicals bearing an cycloalkyl substituent and having from about 4 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred and can include but are not limited to methyl- cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, isopropylcyclohexyl, and butyl-cyclohexyl groups. Cycloalkylalkyl radical or group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents for the alkyl groups including but not limited to hydroxy, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino.
[0084] The term acyl refers to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group as defined above bonded through one or more carbonyl -C(=O)- groups to give a group of formula -C(=O)R where R is the substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group. When the term acyl is used in conjunction with another group, as in acylamino, this refers to the carbonyl group {-C(=O)} linked to the second named group. Thus, acylamino or carbamoyl refers to -C(=O)NH2 , acylalkylamino can refer to groups such as -C(=O)NR'R" where R' and R" can be H or alkyl. Amidalkyl refers to groups such as -CH2C(O)NH2, -CH2CH2C(=O)NH2) and more generally -(CH2)PC (=0)NH2. Carboxy refers to the radical or group -C(=O)OH , carboxyalkyl refers to the groups such as -(CH2)PC(=O)OH, alkyl carboxyalkyl refers togroups such as (~C(=O)O-(alkyl)), and alkoxycarbonyl or acylalkoxy refers to a (-C(=O)O-(alkyl)) group, where alkyl is previously defined. As used herein aryoyl or acylaryl refers to a (- C(=O)(aryl)) group, wherein aryl is as previously defined. Exemplary aroyl groups include benzoyl and naphthoyl. Acetyl refers to the group CH3C(=O)- and may be abbreviated by the term "Ac" as is Table 5. Formyl refers to the radical or group HC(=O)-. In the aforementioned group p can be independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[0085] Aryloxy radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (aryl-O-) radical group wherein aryl is as previously defined. Such aryloxy radicals include but are not limited to that illustrated by the radical of formula (12). Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the aryloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents. Embodiments of IAP binding compounds of the present invention can include an optionally aryloxy group like the phenoxy radical linked to the pyrrolidine ring as illustrated but not limited to compounds in Table 5. Some embodiment of IAP binding compounds include include a phenoxy radical where the K^ as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 is less than about 0.1 micromolar.
[0086] The terms "alkoxy" and" alkoxyl" refer to an optionally substituted (alkyl-O) radical or group wherein alkyl is as previously defined. Exemplary alkoxy radicals or groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, cyclopropyl-methoxy, and heptoxy. Alkoxy radicals can also include optionally substituted alkyl in the alkylO- group. Alkoxy can include including optionally substituted aryl groups as previously defined and illustrated by the non-limiting radical of formula (13). A "lower alkoxy" group refers to an optionally substituted alkoxy group containing from one to five carbon atoms. "Polyether" refers to a compound or moiety possessing multiple ether linkages, such as, but not limited to, polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols. "Polyalkylethers" refers to alkyls interconnected by or otherwise possessing multiple ether linkages as illustrated by the non-limiting structure of formula (85) in Scheme VIII of Example 16. "Arylalkyloxy" means an arylalkyl-0 — group in which the arylalkyl group is as previously described. Exemplary arylalkyloxy groups include benzyloxy (C6HsCH2O-) radical (BnO-), or 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the benzyloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents as defined for the alkyl group.
Figure imgf000033_0001
(12) (13)
[0087] Arylamino radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (-NH(aryl)) radical group wherein aryl can be optionally substituted as previously defined for alkyl. Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the arylamino radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl. A example of an arylamino group is the anilino radical or group. Amino refers to an -NH2 group and alkylamino refer to a radical (-NH R') group wherein R1 is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined. Exemplary alkylamino radical groups include methylamino, ethylamino, n- propylamino, i-propylamino, n-butylamino, and heptylamino. The benzylamino radical refers to the arylamino group C6HsCH2NH-, the aryl group may have optional substituents including but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents.
[0088] Dialkylamino includes reference to a radical (-NR1R"), wherein R' and R" can be each independently be an H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined. Examples of dialkylamino radicals include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, di(l-methylethyl)amino, and the like.
[0089] Heteroaryl includes reference to a monovalent aromatic radical or group having one or more rings incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms within the ring (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur). These heteroaryls can optionally have hydrogen atoms substituted with one or more other substituents. Examples of these heteroaryl radicals include optionally substituted benzofurans, benzo[b]thiophene 1 -oxide, indoles, 2- or 3-thienyls or thiophenyls, thiazoyls, pyrazines, pyridines, or the structures of (4a) or (4b). For example, the structure of formula (ElO) with derivatives listed in Table 9, can include a fused ring R10 with a heteroatom X2 (N, O, or other) and substituents such as R11 or R' π including but not limited to hydrogen, halogens, optionally substituted heteroaryls like pyridine,benzofuran, indoles, thiazoyl, pyrazine, an alkoxyheteroaryl like methoxy pyridine, or other groups.
[0090] The terms heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynyl, and heteroalkynlene include reference to alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, and alkynlene radicals or groups, in which one or more of the carbon atoms have been replaced or substituted with atoms such as but not limited to single or multiply bonded nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, or these atoms having one or more hydrogens to satisfy the valancy requirements of the atom. Such substitutions can be used to form molecules having functional groups including but not limited to amines, ethers, and sulfides. A non-limiting example of a heteroalkynyl group is illustrated by the group -CH(Me)OCH2C ≡CH.
[0091] Heterocycloalkyl radical include reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic radical or group consisting of one or more rings, incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur), which can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
[0092] Heterocycloalkenyl includes reference to a monovalent unsaturated carbocyclic radical consisting of one or more rings containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds where carbon atoms are replaced or substituted for by one, two or three heteroatoms within the one or more rings, the heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, the heterocycloalkenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
[0093] Various groups used in the molecules of the present invention can have one or more hydrogens atoms substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents. Substituents may include but are not limited to halo or halogen (e. g, F, Cl, Br, I), haloalkyls such as-CF3, - CF2CF3, -CH2CF3 and the like, thioalkyl, nitro, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryls like benzofurans, indoles, thienyls, thiophenyls, thiazoyls, pyrazines, pyridines, alkoxy pyridine, hydroxy (-OH), alkoxy (-OR), aryloxy, alkoxyheteroaryl, cyano (-CN), carbonyl -C(=O)-, carboxy (-COOH) and carboxylate salts; -(CH2)PC(=O)OH, groups or radicals -(CH2)pC(=O)O(alkyl), and -(CH2)PC (=O)NH2 where p is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; sulfonates such as but not limited to tosyl, brosyl, or mesyl; sulfone, imine, or oxime groups, groups like -(C=O)Oalkyl, aminocarbonyl or carbamoyl -(C=O)NH2), -N-substituted aminocarbonyl -(C=O)NHR", amino, alkylamino (-NHR1) and dialkylamino (-NHR1R"). In relation to the aforementioned amino and related groups, each moiety R' or R" can be, independently include of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally-substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, araalkyl. Where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a Kd as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than about 100 micromolar, in some embodiments have a K<j of less than 1 micromolar, and in other embodiments have a Kd of less than 0.1 micromolar. In embodiments of where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have an EC50 as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 2 of less than about 0.5 micromolar, in some embodiments have an EC50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar. In embodiments of where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that LAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a binding constant Kd of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than 0.1 micromolar and an EC50 of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than about 0.5 micromolar, and in some embodiments an EC50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar.
[0094] Amino acids can be used in the IAP binding compound compounds of this invention and may include the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids, known artificial amino acids such as beta or gamma amino acids, and amino acids containing non-natural side chains, and/or other similar monomers such as hydroxyacids. Preferably the amino acids used in the LAP binding compounds of the present invention are the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids. The amino acids or artificial amino acids are chosen with the effect that the corresponding LAP binding compound binds IAPs, and preferably binds the BLR domain of an LAP, and the resulting LAP binding compound is permeable to the cell. A non-limiting example of such an amino acid includes the use of Abu (2-aminobutyric acid) as an amino acid in the LAP binding cargo molecule. Where the molecule of stucture (2), (3), or (5) includes amino acids, it is preferred that the N-terminal amino acid is Ala or Abu.
[0095] Where one or more chiral centers exist in an amino acid, artificial amino acid, or atom of an LAP binding compound of structure (2), (3), or (5), any of the enantiomers, D or L and more generally R or S configuration, or diastereoisomers may optionally be used in the LAP binding compound. [0096] When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent or in any formula, its definition in each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
[0097] It is believed the chemical formulas and names used herein correctly and accurately reflect the underlying chemical compounds. However, the nature and value of the present invention does not depend upon the theoretical correctness of these formulae, in whole or in part. Thus it is understood that the formulas used herein, as well as the chemical names attributed to the correspondingly indicated compounds, are not intended to limit the invention in any way, including restricting it to any specific tautomeric form or to any specific optical; or geometric isomer, except where such stereochemistry is clearly defined.
[0098] In embodiments of compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) substituents such as A1, A2, Rla, and Rib, R2, Xi, Y, Z, M, G, or R10, may be chosen independently so that compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) are not a tripeptide or a tetrapeptide of amino acids, for example AVPI or AVP.
[0099] Some embodiments of the compounds of structure (2), when A2 is H, X1 is -NH-, J is -CH-, and n is 0 for R2, can be depicted by structure (3):
Figure imgf000036_0001
[00100] In some embodiments of compounds of structure (3), A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group, an N-acyl derivative like acylamino or acylalkylamino, t-butoxycarbonyl, acetyl, formyl, carbamoyl, alkylene, or other; Rla and R^ are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either Rla or R^ form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms as illustrated by some of the non-limiting embodiments of compounds in Table 5. [00101] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl; optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups such as optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, an optionally substituted heteroalkynyl group, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group or 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted arylalkyl group; in some embodiments the substituent or moiety for the aforementioned substituted group includes one or more hydroxy groups; or Y together with Z, M, G, or R10 can for an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10; preferably Y is linked to Y, M, G, or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. A non-limiting example of such a heterocyclic ring is illustrated by the IAP binding molecule having the structure of formula (E12-2) in Example 12.
[00102] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy; optionally substituted versions of these groups; optionally substituted versions of these groups including one or more hydroxyl groups; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R1O can form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10; preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R1O by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. In some embodiments, Z is an alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group. The stereochemistry of the Z substituent or group may be indicated using a bold wedged bond to show a Z group coming out of the plane of the page or a dashed wedged bond to show a Z group behind the plane of the page, hi embodiments of (3), the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed out of the plane of the page, the LAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the LAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z group is a combination of these. [00103] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), M can be an optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; M can be an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, for example but not limited to IAP binding compounds of structure (E6) or (E14), M is a diradical alkylene like the methylene group linked at one end of the methylene group the 2 position of the pyrrolidine ring and at the other end of the methylene group to an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl group like a benzofuran or indole group, or optionally substituted versions of groups of structure (4a-d).
[00104] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), G can be absent (a bond) as in the non-limiting examples of compounds of structure (E6) or (E14), or G can be a heteroatom including but not limited to -O-; -NH-; -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t can be the integer 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR1S- where x can be the integer 0, 1, or 2, and Ri8 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 can be contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic, or optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10, preferably R18 is linked to Z, M, or R1O, by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[00105] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), R10 can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, or a fused heteroaryl group. In some embodiments, for example but not limited to compounds in Table 5, R10 can be a substituted aryl, a substituted heteroaryl group, a substituted fused aryl, or a substituted fused heteroaryl group. In some embodiments R1O can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Figure imgf000038_0001
where X2 is a heteroatom in structures (4a) or (4b) or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups Rn, R'n, Rj2, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, other substituents or optionally substituted versions of these groups. In embodiments where Rj1 or R'n is a heteroaryl group, it can be a 2- or 3-thienyl SC4H3- (thiophenyl) group, pyridine, pyrazine or optionally substituted versions of these. In some embodiments R12 can be an aryl or a heteroaryl group, such as but not limited to benzofuran, indole, benzo[&]thiophene-l-oxide or benzo[δ]thiophene- 1,1 -dioxide or optionally substituted versions of these. Where X2 is either -O- or -S(O)k-, for the integer k which can independently be 0, 1, or 2, R12 is absent. Independently R11, R'n, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, carboxyalkyl, alkyl carboxyalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy. Independently R11, R'n, R12, any OfR13- 17, or any OfR14-17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11; R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rn, R'n, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. Li some embodiments R1O can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted embodiments of these. In some embodiments R10 can be the group:
Figure imgf000039_0001
where R3, R 3, R4, R5, R 5, can each independently be substituents like H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -(CH2)PC(=O)OH, -(CH2)pC(=O)O-alkyl, -(CH2)PC (=O)NH2 , p is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3. For example, in the IAP binding compound of structure (E4) where M is alkenylene, G is a heteroatom like -O-, R1Q can be an optionally substituted aryl group having substituents for example but not limited to hydrogen, chloro, bromo, alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, or combinations of these.
[00106] Some embodiments of LAP binding compounds of formula (3) include compounds of structure (5) where:
Figure imgf000040_0001
Ai is H, or lower alkyl, or Ai and Rn, together form a ring of 3-5 atoms. In these embodiments, Rla is H and R^ can be lower an alkyl group, or together with Ai forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
[00107] In embodiments of IAP binding compounds of structure (5), Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, and/or hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Zla, Zu,, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zi8, Z1^ or R10; preferably Y is linked to Zla, Z113, or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
[00108] In embodiments of LAP binding compounds of structure (5), Z1 a and Z\\> can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zi3, or Z1I3, together with Y or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zla or Z1),, is linked to Y or R10; preferably Zla or Z^, is linked to Y or R10 by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
[00109] In embodiments of LAP binding compounds of structure (5), M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Ln these structures, G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -O-; -NH-; -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCORi8-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and Ri8 is lower alkyl, optionally- substituted lower alkyl group. [00110] The IAP binding compounds or molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be prepared by various processes, which are described by the non-limiting Schemes in the Examples and which also form part of the subject matter of the present invention. These IAP binding molecules may be prepared from molecules of structure (6a) or (6b):
Figure imgf000041_0001
where Y, M, Z, G, R2 and R10 are previously described and where R' and R" can be H, or a protecting group. The stereochemistry of the Z or M substituent or group may be indicated using a bold wedged bond to show either group coming out of the plane of the page or a dashed wedged bond to show a Z or M group behind the plane of the page. In embodiments of structure (6a) or (6b), the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M group is directed out of the plane of the page, the LAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the IAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z or M group includes a combination of these. Structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be prepared from compounds such as but not limited to pyrrolidines like (1) in Scheme I or (29) in Scheme IVa using the procedures or similar processes described herein. The structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be further reacted to yield IAP binding molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) by treatment with an N-Boc-amino acid or other suitable amine containing moiety that includes A1, A2, Rla, or Rlb or combinations of these as described herein.
[00111] Certain acidic or basic compounds of the present invention may exist as zwitterions. All forms of the compounds, including free acid, free base and zwitterions, are contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention. It is well known in the art that compounds containing both amino and carboxyl groups often exist in equilibrium with their zwitterionic forms. Thus, any of the compounds described herein throughout that contain, for example, both amino and carboxyl groups also include reference to their corresponding zwitterions.
[00112] In any of the above teachings, an IAP binding cargo molecule or other IAP binding compound of the invention may be either a compound of one of the formulae herein described, or a stereoisomer, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid salt hydrate, or isomorphic crystalline form thereof.
[00113] Pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts of the LAP binding cargo molecules and LAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases or free acids, cell permeation and LAP binding, and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. If the compound exists as a free base, the desired salt may be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as treatment of the compound with an inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like; or with an organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. If the compound exists as a free acid, the desired salt may also be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as the treatment of the compound with an inorganic base or an organic base. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, trimethamine, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like.
[00114] The LAP binding cargo molecules or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules within their crystal lattice. Where the solvent is water, the compounds may form hydrates, in the case of other solvents and in particular organic solvents such as but not limited to ethanol the compounds may form solvates. The IAP binding cargo molecules or IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) and its homologs may be formulated, isolated, or purified as solvates.
[00115] The compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may exist in prodrug form. Prodrug includes any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug, for example, as according to formula (2) or other formulas or compounds employed in the methods of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g. solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds employed in the present methods may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the present invention contemplates methods of delivering prodrugs. Prodrugs of the compounds employed in the present invention, for example formula (2) may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
[00116] Accordingly, prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy, amino, or carboxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or carboxylic acid, respectively. Examples include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups; and alkyl, carbocyclic, aryl, and alkylaryl esters such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, and phenethyl esters, and the like.
[00117] The compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may be prepared in a number of ways well known to those skilled in the art. The compounds can be synthesized, for example, by the methods described in the specification and example, or variations thereon as appreciated by the skilled artisan. AU processes disclosed in association with the present invention are contemplated to be practiced on any scale, including microgram, milligram, gram, multi-gram, kilogram, multi-kilogram or commercial industrial scale.
[00118] IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be mixed or combined with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or treated by lyophilization. These pharmaceutical compositions may be administered topically, locally or systemically to a sample of cells, a tissue, or patient. Topical or local administration can allow for greater control of application of the pharmaceutical compositon. The IAP binding molecules or compounds including structure (2), (3), or (5) singularly or in combination, can be mixed with an appropriate pharmaceutical carrier prior to administration. Examples of generally used pharmaceutical carriers and additives that can be used to form pharmaceutical, diagnostic, or therapeutic composition of the IAP binding molecules may include but are not limited to conventional diluents, binders, lubricants, coloring agents, disintegrating agents, buffer agents, isotonizing agents, preservants, anesthetics and the like. Pharmaceutical carriers that may be used include but are not limited to water, saline, ethanol, dextran, sucrose, lactose, maltose, xylose, trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, inositol, serum albumin, gelatin, creatinine, polyethylene glycol, non- ionic surfactants (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene hardened castor oil, sucrose fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol) and similar compounds. Pharmaceutical carriers and excipients as well as IAP binding molecules may also be used in combination.
[00119] Stereoisomers are compounds having identical molecular formulae and nature or sequence of bonding but differing in the arrangement of their atoms in space and include optical and geometrical isomers. Compounds of the present invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, can have one or more asymmetric carbon atoms or other asymmetric atoms in their structure, and may therefore exist as single stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereoisomers, racemates, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may also include geometric isomers. All such stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof the LAP binding compounds and IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention are intended to be within the scope of this invention unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. It is well known in the art how to prepare and isolate such optically active forms. For example, mixtures of stereoisomers may be separated by standard techniques including, but not limited to, resolution of racemic forms, normal, reverse- phase, and chiral chromatography, preferential salt formation, recrystallization, and the like, or by chiral synthesis either from chiral starting materials or by deliberate synthesis of target chiral centers.
[00120] LAP binding molecules of structures (2), (3), or (5) that contain chiral centers and the molecules can be in the form of a single enantiomer or as a racemic mixture of enantiomers. In some cases, i.e., with regard to the structure of certain specific LAP binding molecules, chirality (i.e., relative stereochemistry) of substituents or groups is indicated in the structure using a bold wedged bond to indicate a substituent coming out of the plane of the page and a dashed wedged bond to indicate a substituent behind the plane of the page, hi other cases the stereochemistry is not indicated and such structures are intended to encompass both the enantiomerically pure or purified forms of the compound shown as well as a racemic mixture of enantiomers.
[00121] As will be readily understood, functional groups present may contain protecting groups during the course of synthesis. Protecting groups are chemical functional groups that can be selectively appended to and removed from functionalities, such as amine, hydroxyl groups or carboxyl groups. These groups are present in a chemical compound to render such functionality inert to chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups may be employed with the present invention. Protecting groups include the benzyloxycarbonyl group and the tert-butyloxycarbonyl group. The term "protecting group" or "blocking group" refers to any group which when bound to one or more hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl or other groups of the compounds (including intermediates thereof such as the aminolactams, aminolactones, etc.) prevents reactions from occurring at these groups and which protecting group can optionally be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to reestablish the hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl group for use in an IAP binding compound. The particular removable blocking group employed is not critical and preferred removable hydroxyl or amine blocking groups include conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzylidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl, t-butyl carbamate, benzyl carbamate and any other group that can be introduced chemically onto a hydroxyl, amine, or other functionality and later selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in mild conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
[00122] The cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded or linked to the LAP binding portion of the molecule. For example, the cargo portion may be another unit of the formula (2), (3) or (5), linked by a linking group to the first unit, thereby forming a dimer and may further comprise an additional cargo portion. The cargo portion may also be any of the substituents A1, A2, R1 a, Rib, Y, R2, or Z in molecules of formula (2), preferably the cargo portion is linked to Y, R2, or Z in molecules of formula (2). In molecules of formula (3), or (5), the cargo portion may be any of the substituents Ai, Ria, Rib, Rio, Y, M, G, or Z (includes Zla and Zib), preferably the cargo portion includes a substituent linked at Y, Z (include Zia and Zu3), or Rio- The cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, detectable groups, probes, labels, or markers. The cargo portion and IAP binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the IAP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the IAP binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule. One or more atoms in any portion of the IAP binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatement.
[00123] The ability to quickly assay small molecules for their effectiveness in disrupting protein-protein interactions can be used in the development of viable drug candidates. One aspect of the present invention comprises an assay that can be used to test the binding affinity of a library of IAP binding compounds for their ability to bind to the BIR domain of an inhibitor of apoptosis protein (IAP), for example the BIR3 domain of mammalian XIAP. The assay may be based on a detectable label, which can be a fluorogenic dye molecule that is the cargo portion of an IAP-binding cargo molecule. The detectable label may be any of the substituents in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5). For example, the detectable label may be linked to the substituent R2, or linked to the substituents R2a-C supra in molecules having the structure of formula (2)
Figure imgf000046_0001
Similarly the detectable label may be linked to substituents like Y, Z, M, G, Ri0, or other substituents in molecules having the structure of formula (3), or (5) and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00124] A detectable label included in a molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be a dye such as is a fluoro genie dye whose emission is sensitive to the environment of the dye. However, the detectable label portion of an IAP binding cargo molecule may also be an NMR- active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The detectable label in an IAP-binding cargo molecule may also be a radioisotope and where the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography. The cargo portion of the molecule may also be used to destroy cells through a toxic effect of the cargo portion of the molecule.
[00125] Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the molecule of stucture (2), (3), or (5) packs into the BIR domain of an IAP. Where the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) has a fluorgenic dye as a cargo substituent, preferably the packing of the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) into the groove of the BIR of an IAP causes a large shift in emission maximum and intensity of the dye when the environment of the LAP binding cargo molecule changes from water to the hydrophobic pocket or binding in or near the groove of the IAP. If a molecule (e. g., the native Smac protein or a test IAP binding compound) displaces the IAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) with the fluorgenic dye from the IAP, then emission will shift back to the spectrum observed for the LAP binding cargo molecule with the fluorogenic dye in water. Since the emission intensity is related to the binding of a test peptide, or LAP binding compound with the LAP, the intensity can be used to estimate the equilibrium constant, Ka, for displacement of the molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) by the LAP binding compound; Ka refers to an equilibrium constant for association that is inversely related to the dissociation Kd = 1/Ka.. The larger the equilibrium constant K3, the greater affinity the LAP binding compound has for the BIR or BIR3. This allows the most promising inhibitors to be quickly determined, and structural information about effective inhibitors can be incorporated into the design of candidates for the next round of testing. An LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2) having a detectable lable may be complexed to an LAP and used to screen other IAP binding compounds.
[00126] It will be understood by those of skill in the art that, although the LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) described above is exemplified and preferred for practice of the invention, various combinations of IAP binding compounds, BLR binding domains of different IAP 's, and detectable labels maybe used interchangeably to create variations of the assay described above.
[00127] The IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof may comprise any suitable therapeutic molecule or detectable label, such as but not limited to a fluorophore, radioisotope, or NMR active nucleus, such that binding of the IAP binding cargo molecule to the BIR domain of an LAP, and preferably the BIR3 groove of XIAP, is not detrimentally affected by the presence of the detectable label or therapeutic in the IAP binding cargo molecule. Preferably the molecule is cell permeable. A non-limiting example of a detectable label which may be coupled to the LAP binding compounds and LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) is the fluorogenic dye 6-Bromoacetyl-2- dimethylaminonaphthalene (badan) dye. Badan is a fluorogenic dye whose sensitivity to environmental changes has previously been made use of to probe protein binding interactions.
[00128] The LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used in an assay of test compounds that can bind to the BLR domain of an LAP. These molecules may be used for example to relieve suppression of apoptosis or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from LAPs in cells. A high-throughput, cell-free assay, for compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) may also be prepared using a fluorescently labeled peptide like (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2). A wide variety of LAP binding compounds may be screened or assayed for their ability to bind to the BLR domain of IAPs. LAP binding molecules with greater binding ability than the naturally- occurring Smac, or LAP binding molecules that can release sequesterd Smac from LAP in cells can be identified by such an assay. These compounds may be developed as therapeutic agents, pharmaceutical compositions for the modification, and preferably the promotion, of apoptosis in treatment of diseases or pathological conditions in which cell proliferation plays a role. These identified compounds may be used as prophylactics and can also be modified to include detectable labels or toxic agents. The assay may be further used in high throughput screening of large panels of compounds generated by combinatorial chemistry or other avenues of rational drug design. The fluorescence assay can be used to test the binding of a library of LAP binding cargo molecules modeled on the binding of Smac and its homologs, and preferably the binding of Smac N-terminus, to the surface pocket of the BLR3 region of XIAP. The results of such screening make it possible to parse the contribution of each moiety in the structure of the LAP binding cargo molecule to the total binding of the interaction. For example, by comparing the 08
binding, Kd, of molecules (5-54) and (5-55) in Table 5 for different sized alkyl groups for R^, the contribution of methylene group to the LAP binding Kd, can be used to make further modifications to the molecules.
[00129] The present invention features, LAP binding compounds and methods of their use for binding to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), including but not limited to XIAP, C-IAPl, C-LAP2, survivin, ML-LAP or combinations of these. One function of IAPs is to suppress programmed cell death, whereas Smac, or LAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to relieve that suppression. The mammalian LAP binding protein Smac is dependent upon binding of its N-terminal four residues to a featured surface groove in a portion of XIAP referred to as the BLR3 domain. This binding prevents XIAP from exerting its apoptosis-suppressing function with caspases in the cell. An LAP binding cargo molecule, such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), may be used to relieve XIAP-mediated or other LAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis in mammalian cells and can optionally provide a functional group having a detectable property or a therapeutic function to the cell. LAP binding cargo molecule, such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), maybe used or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from LAPs in cells.
[00130] One embodiment of the invention is a method of using versions of LAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that can include administering to abnormal cells or tissue, which may be known to overexpress LAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells, or other cells, an amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells. An amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be administered to normal cells or tissue as a control. The amount of compound of formula (2), (3), or (5), combinations of these, or combinations that include other therapeutic compounds that are effective to reduce the proliferation condition can be determined from changes in the optical density of treated and control cell or tissue samples. The administered compound of structure (2), (3), or (5), in some embodiments include those with an EC50 as measured using the method described, for example, in Example 1 for the LAP binding compounds of less than about 1 micromolar, in other embodiments an EC50 of less than about 0.5 005/025208
micromolar, and in still other embodiments the EC50 for the administered IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be less than about 0.06 micromolar.
[00131] The term IAP binding compound refers to a molecule that provides tertiary binding or activity with the BIR-containing protein's functional domain (e.g., binding motif or active site) of an LAP. These LAP binding compounds can be non-peptide agents such as small molecule drugs of structure (2), (3), or (5) or that include molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5). Knowing the structural features and bonding of naturally-occurring IAP-binding cargo molecules such as Smac and its homologs, it is advantageous to make LAP binding compounds that have similar or improved binding compared to the core IAP-binding N-terminal tetrapeptides of Smac and its homologs. One added advantages of LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in various embodiments of the invention is that compounds of this size and structure can be prepared by large scale syntheses, they can be chemically modified to have improved solubility in aqueous solution, have improved cell permeance, and provide ease of delivery to selected targets in vivo.
[00132] IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention can include amino acids as well as molecules where the amino acids are modified to produce LAP binding compounds by elimination, replacement or modification, of one or more naturally occurring side chains of the genetically encoded amino acids. Replacement can include exchange of one or more of the L amino acids with D amino acids. Where the naturally occurring side chains of the amino acids are replaced, groups such as alkyl, lower alkyl, cyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered alkyl, amide, lower alkyl amide, di(lower alkyl) amide, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, carboxy and the lower ester derivatives thereof, and with 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered heterocyclics can be used. For example, proline analogs can be made in which the ring size of the proline residue is changed from 5 members to 4, 6, or 7 members or substituents are added at various positions (2, 3, 4, or 5) on the ring. For example in the structure of formula (2), the substituents may be an ester group R2, or an aryloxy group Z. Cyclic groups can be saturated or unsaturated, and if unsaturated, can be aromatic or non-aromatic. Heterocyclic groups may be used in as a side group in R2 in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5). The heterocyclics can contain one or more nitrogen, oxygen, and/or sulphur heteroatoms. Examples of such heterocyclic groups include the furazanyl, fiiryl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl (e.g. morpholino), oxazolyl, piperazinyl (e.g. 1-piperazinyl), piperidyl (e.g. 1-piperidyl, piperidino), pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl), pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl (e.g. thiomorpholino), and triazolyl. These heterocyclic groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Where a group is substituted, the substituent can be alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, oxygen, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. The IAP binding compounds may also have amino acid residues that have been chemically modified by phosphorylation, sulfonation, biotinylation, or the addition or removal of other moieties.
[00133] A variety of synthetic techniques known to those skilled in the art are available for constructing IAP binding compounds with the same or similar desired biological activity as the corresponding native peptide but with more favorable activity than the peptide with respect to solubility, stability, cell permeability, immunogenicity, and/or susceptibility to hydrolysis or proteolysis. These LAP binding cargo molecules are synthetic compounds having a three-dimensional structure (i.e. a "peptide motif) based upon the three-dimensional structure of a selected Smac peptide or homolog. The peptide motif provides the IAP binding compound with the desired biological activity, i.e., binding to LAP, wherein the binding activity of the LAP binding compound compound is not substantially reduced, and is often the same as or greater than the activity of the native peptide on which the LAP binding compound is modeled. LAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention, can have additional beneficial characteristics that enhance their therapeutic application, such as decrease cost for synthesis, increased cell permeability, enhanced stability to radiological elements, greater affinity and/or avidity for target IAPs, and prolonged biological half-life.
[00134] In one class of LAP binding compounds, the backbone can include various chemical bonds such as ester, thioester, thioamide, retroamide, reduced carbonyl, dimethylene and ketomethylene bonds, to modify LAP binding in the LAP binding cargo compounds.
[00135] Because caspases are cytosolic enzymes, diagnostic, imaging, prophylactic, and therapeutic LAP binding cargo molecules that chemically bind with the LAP proteins preferably cross cell membranes. The cell membrane-permeant LAP binding cargo molecule complexes of the present invention are preferably those that can confer the desired intracellular translocation and LAP binding properties to the LAP binding cargo molecules. Preferably, these LAP binding cargo molecules are characterized by their ability to confer transmembrane translocation and internalization of a complex LAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) when administered to the external surface of an intact cell, tissue or organ. The ability of the IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention to permeate the cell and become localized within cytoplasmic and/or nuclear compartments may be demonstrated by a variety of detection methods such as, for example, fluorescence microscopy, confocal microscopy, electron microscopy, autoradiography, or immunohistochemistry.
[00136] Without wishing to be bound by theory, the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can bind to IAPs in the cell and can but is not limited to competitively displacing IAPs bound to a caspases in the cells or releasing Smac sequestered with IAPs in the cells. The IAP binding cargo molecule chemically, physically, or by a combination of these, binds to an IAP protein and may displace it from a mature caspase or Smac protein in a cell. The physical interaction between the LAP binding portion of the LAP binding cargo molecule and an LAP protein can be used to modify apoptosis in cells.
[00137] LAP binding molecules or cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) can have an LAP binding portion which can, for example, displace a molecule or polypeptide such as a mature caspase or fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) from the BLR domain of an IAP. Where an increase in apoptosis in cells is desirable, LAP binding molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a binding constant Kd as measured by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 for the displacement of (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) from the BLR domain of an LAP can be less than about 10 μM, in some embodiments Kd can be less than about 1 μM, and in still other embodiments Kd can be less than 0.1 micromolar under the assay conditions described in the examples.
[00138] The labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) may include any suitable detectable label, including fluorophores, chromophores, fluorescent nanoparticles, and other dyes, isotopes, radioisotopes, metals, small molecules and the like. Where the label is linked or bonded to the LAP binding portion of the molecule, the label preferably does not interfere substantially with the cell permeance or binding of the molecule to LAP and permits its use in diagnostic or therapeutic applications. Ln selecting a label, preferably a detectable property of the label changes with the binding of the LAP binding cargo molecule to the BLR domain of an LAP protein. The detectable property of the label may change because the interaction of the label with the cellular environment changes when the molecule binds to LAP thereby enhancing or diminishing the property. 08
[00139] IAP-binding cargo molecules can also find utility as therapeutic agents. In one instance the binding of the IAP binding cargo molecule to LAP in cells can be used to modify apoptosis in cells in need of treatement. In another instance, an LAP binding cargo molecule where the cargo portion is radiolabeled may be used for radiation therapy. Through the use of these cargo molecules, radioactive atoms may be administered to a tumor, tissue, or other population of cancer cells that overexpress LAP protein. The LAP in the tumor becomes bonded to the LAP binding cargo molecule with the radionuclei. Similarly, IAP-binding cargo molecules may be designed to incorporate a dye that is active in photodynamic therapy. Other such therapeutic utilities will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
[00140] Cells being evaluated to detect abnormal levels of IAP in the cells may be mixed and optionally incubated with an LAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample in a vessel or wells, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification. These samples may be monitored for changes in a detectable property of the LAP binding cargo molecule. For example, flow cytometry is a method for analyzing cells labeled with a fluorescent probe molecule on a flow cytometer. Ln a flow cytometer the cells pass single-file through a focused laser beam where they emit fluorescence from the probe within the cell that can be detected by the photomultiplier tubes of the cytometer. Cells with abnormal expression, high or low, of IAP may be contacted and optionally incubated with LAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) having a fluorescent probe cargo portion. The binding of the LAP binding cargo molecules to the LAP protein in the cells may be detected by the flow cytometer. The intensity of the fluorescence emission can be measured, digitized, and stored on a computer disk for analysis and comparison to the fluorescent emission from control cells, samples of cells being treated, or other cell samples whose IAP expression is to be determined.
[00141] A method of screening for LAP proteins in cells with a molecule that binds the BLR domain in an LAP protein is provided. The method includes combining an LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) and the LAP proteins from cells, under conditions wherein the LAP binding cargo molecule and LAP protein can combine. It may include the step of incubating a sample of cells with an LAP binding cargo molecule. LAP binding by the molecule, an indication of the presence of LAP in the cells may be determined by monitoring a detectable binding property of the LAP binding cargo molecule. A change in the detectable property of the LAP binding molecule may be used to determine the expression of LAP in the cells. Where IAP protein is over expressed in cells, the IAP binding cargo molecule can be used to bind the IAP and relieve IAP-mediated inhibition of caspase activity in the cell. Alternatively, where an IAP protein sequesters a protein like Smac or other protein involved in apoptosis, the LAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to release the sequested Smac or other protein from the LAP and modify apoptosis within the cells. Where desirable or necessary in a course of treatment, other LAP binding cargo molecules may be administered to the cells. These additional LAP binding cargo molecules may have different binding affinity for the LAP and may optionally include a cargo portion that is a therapeutic agent such as a radioisotope.
[00142] The IAP-binding cargo molecules, for example those of formula (2), may be utilized in various assays to screen for and identify compounds capable of acting as agonists or antagonists of the LAP -caspase protein or LAP-Smac interactions within cells. For example, LAP binding cargo molecules which can disrupt IAP-caspase interaction, antagonists of this interaction, are expected to be useful as pro-apoptotic drugs for treatment of cell proliferative diseases such as cancer. Agonists of this interaction may be be useful as anti-apoptotic drugs for treatment of diseases where inhibition of apoptosis is needed, e.g., degenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease.
[00143] A living system may include plants, animals, single and multicellular organisms, and insects. The term mammal includes humans and all domestic and wild animals, including, without limitation, cattle, horses, swine, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, and the like.
[00144] An effective amount refers to that amount of a an LAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention which, when administered to a sample of one or more cells including a tissue, or a living system such as an animal, preferably a mammal, in need thereof, is sufficient to effect detection of LAP in tissue or cells, prophylaxis of tissue or cells, or therapeutic treatment of IAP in the cells or tissue, preferably those in a living system. For disease-states alleviated by the inhibition of LAP activity, the amount of a compound of the present invention which constitutes a therapeutically effective amount that modifies or promotes apoptosis in one or more cells including a tissue, or a subject will vary depending on the compound, the disease-state and its severity, and the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure. A diagnostically effetive amount is an amount of an LAP binding cargo molecule sufficient to permit detection of LAP in cells or tissue and may for example vary depending upon the location of the cell or tissue and the stability of the IAP binding-cargo molecule. A prophylactically effective amount is an amount of an IAP binding cargo molecule that prevents the occurance of a disease state and may be determined for example by prophylactic administration of IAP binding cargo molecules to cells, tissue, or test animals with controls and then exposing these to conditions known to induce abnormal cellular proliferation and then determining the prophylactically effective amount of the IAP binding cargo molecule.
[00145] Treating or treatment of a disease-state in a sample of cells, a tissue, a mammal, and particularly in a human can include detecting the presence of disease in the cells using compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention and where a disease is detected, optionally followed by administration of compounds of the present invention to the one or more cells, to an animal or tissue including human subjects, to modify and preferably promote apoptosis. The disease-state in the case of over expression of IAP proteins in cells may be alleviated by the inhibition of an IAP-caspase interaction or an IAP-Smac interaction by administering IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention to the cells thereby causing regression of the disease-state. The treatment can also include: preventing the disease-state from occurring in a mammal. For example, in a mammal that is predisposed to a disease-state characterized by inhibition of apoptosis, but the mammal has not yet been diagnosed as having the disease; an effective amount of the IAP binding compounds of the present invention may be administed to cells or the patient to inhibit the disease-state or arrest its development.
[00146] In one embodiment, molecules of structure (2), (3), of (5) can be administered as a composition to provide systemic distribution of the IAP binding molecules such as by oral, buccal or parenteral administration in the mammal or human. The administration can be included in a method of treating mammals, especially humans, suffering from a proliferation disorder or that are at risk of a proliferation disorder. "At risk" refers to mammals like persons whose genotype, family history, or other risk factors indicates a greater than normal likelihood that the person will suffer from a proliferation disorder if left untreated.
[00147] The expression of IAP in cells can be detected in patients without the need for surgery. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses compounds and methods for detecting intracellular biochemical activities in living systems such as, whole animals, tissues, or 25208
cells, by administering IAP binding cargo molecules of this invention which translocate into cells, and which are detectable in living cells at distances removed from the cells by the presence of intervening tissue. The methods and compositions can be used for identifying cells or tissue having abnormal expression of IAP in a combination of one or more cells or tissues; and administering an effective amount of an IAP -binding cargo molecule to bind with the IAP in the sample cells and modify the activity of the IAP in the cells or tissue. Examples of tissues to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, for example, cancer cells, in particular, central nervous system tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, lung, head and neck cancer, lymphomas, leukemias, multiple myeloma, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, renal tumors, sarcomas, colon and other gastrointestinal cancers, metastases, and melanomas. Other examples of diseases, conditions or disorders where modification of apoptosis or abnormal LAP activity are involved and to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, but are not limited to infection, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer disease and Parkinson's disease. A proliferation disorder may include a disorder in which LAP activity inhibits apoptosis in cells receiving an apoptotic stimulus.
[00148] Apoptosis may be promoted in a sample of cells by administering to the cells an amount of an LAP -binding cargo molecule effective to stimulate apoptosis in the cells. The cells may be cultured cells, cells from within a tissue, and the tissue preferably is located within a living organism, preferably an animal, more preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human. These latter embodiments are carried out by formulating the IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention in a therapeutically effective amount as a pharmaceutical preparation for administration to a mammalian subject. Such a pharmaceutical preparation constitutes another aspect of the present invention.
[00149] The ability of a pharmaceutical agent to simulate or inhibit apoptosis may be tested in a cell-free activity assay of downstream targets of LAP. Ln the absence of an IAP- binding cargo molecule, LAP itself can for example interact with Smac or inhibit the activity of caspases, thereby arresting apoptosis. Such assays include, but are not limited to, direct caspase- 9 activity assays and caspase activation assays (cleavage of procaspases). Ln these assays, an IAP-binding cargo molecule of the invention, having a pre-determined level of activity in such assays, is used as a positive control and, optionally, a corresponding molecule known not to be active in the assay is used as a negative control. Assays can be conducted using these controls, and the cells undergoing the treatment evaluated on relief of inhibition of Smac or caspase activity by IAP in the presence of the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5). Cells that undergo apoptosis can be differentiated from normal cells by distinct morphological changes or by molecular markers, such as cleavage of chromosomes into nucleosome ladders (detected by nuclear DNA staining).
[00150] Pharmaceutically active or biologically active LAP binding cargo molecules of the invention are those that bind LAP (inhibitor of apoptosis protein), specifically the BLR domain of LAP, more specifically the BLR3 binding groove of XIAP. This biological activity may be measured with respect to any LAP, including but not limited to XIAP, c-IAPl, c- LAP2, survivin, ML-IAP, and DLAP.
[00151] Various aspects of the present invention will be illustrated with reference to the following non-limiting examples.
EXAMPLE 1
[00152] Binding constants (Kd) were measured using fluorescence polarization as described by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska, Renxiao Wang, Xueliang Fang, Hongguang Pan, York Tomita, Peng Li, Peter P. Roller, Krzysztof Krajewski, Naoyuki Saito, Jeanne Stuckey and Shaomeng Wang, in "Development and Optimization of a Binding Assay for the XIAP BLR3 Domain Using Fluorescence Polarization", Analytical Biochemistry 2004, 332 ,261-273). Briefly, test LAP binding compounds at various concentrations for binding measurements were mixed with 5 nM fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) and 40 nM of XIAP- BLR3 for 15 minutes at room temperature in 100 μL of 0.1M Potassium Phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 containing 100 μg/ml bovine γ-globulin. Following incubation, the polarization values (mP) were measured on a ViCtOr2V using a 485 ran excitation filter and a 520 nm emission filter. IC50 values were determined from the plot using nonlinear least-squares analysis using GraphPad Prism. The Kd values of competitive inhibitors were calculated using the equation described by by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska et al. based upon the measured IC50 values, the Kd value of the probe and XLAP BLR3 complex, and the concentrations of the protein and probe in the competition assay. Ln various examples of LAP binding or LAP binding cargo molecules ranges for Kd values: Group A: Kd < 0.1 μM; Group B: Kd = 0.1 - 1 μM; Group C: Kd = 1 - 10 μM; Group D: Kd > 10 μM.
EXAMPLE 2
[00153] This example illustrates use of compounds of embodiments of the present invention that can be used in a method of treating cells. The method using these LAP binding compounds can include administering to abnormal cells, which may be known to overexpress LAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells or other cells, an amount of the LAP binding compounds or LAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells.
[00154] The MTT assay is an example of an assay that has been used for measuring cell growth as previously described (Hansen, M. B., Nielsen, S. E., and Berg, K. J. Immunol. Methods 1989, 119, 203-210) and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Briefly, SK-OV-3 cells were seeded in 96-well plates in McCoy's medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum albumin (20,000 per well) and incubated overnight at 37 °C. Next day, test compounds were added at various concentrations typically from about 10 to about 0.0001 μM and the plates were incubated at 37 °C for an additional 72 hrs. This incubation time was optimal for measuring inhibitory effects of different analogs. 50 microliters of 5 mg/mL MTT reagent to each well was added and the plates were incubated at 37 0C for 3 hours. At the end of incubation period, 50 microliters of DMSO was added to each well to dissolve cells and the optical density (OD) of the wells was measured with a microplate reader (Victor2 1420, Wallac, Finland) at 535 nm. Cell survival (CS) was calculated by the following equation:
CS = (OD treated well/ mean OD control wells) x 100%
[00155] The EC50, defined as the drug concentration that results in 50% CS, was derived by calculating the point where the dose-response curve crosses the 50% CS point using GraphPad Prism. [00156] Representative results for IAP binding compounds are:
Figure imgf000059_0001
Table 1.
Figure imgf000059_0002
EXAMPLE 3
[00157] This example illustrates the preparation of pyrrolidine derivatives of Table
2. The examples include molecules of formula (E3) that can include heteroalkynyl substituents. Scheme I
Figure imgf000060_0001
[00158] The Preparation of 2S-AmUiO-N- [2-methyl-l S-(4S-ρhenoxy-2S- phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl)-propyl] -propionamide hydrochloride (7) :
[00159] A. (45)-Phenoxy-(2iS)-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester (2): To a solution of alcohol 1 (0.53 g, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) was added phenol (0.21 g, 2.3 mmol), Ph3P (0.52 g, 2.0 mmol), and l,r-(azodicarbonyl)-dipiperidine (ADDP, 0.50 g, 1.9 mmol) in sequential order. After 2 hr at ambient temperature, the heterogeneous reaction mixture was filtered. The white solid was washed with DCM and the clarified filtrate was washed with 2M NaOH, water, brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude aryl ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3 : 1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.36 g (54%) of 2 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.29-7.24 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.82 (m, 6H), 4.91 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, IH), 4.37-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.05 (m, IH)5 3.79-3.64 (m, 2H), 2.48 (app d, J = 13.8 Hz, IH), 2.32-2.25 (m, IH), 1.48 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00160] B. (4iS)-Phenoxy-(2iS)-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine (3): Trifluoroacetic acid
(2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 2 (0.36 g, 0.98 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCθ3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude pyrrolidine was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.23 g (88%) of 3 as a brown-orange oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.32-7.26 (m, 4H), 6.98-6.87 (m, 6H), 4.90-4.87 (m, IH), 4.07-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.63-3.57 (m, IH), 3.35 (app d, J= 12.3 Hz, IH), 3.17 (app q, J= 5.4 Hz, IH), 2.77 (br s, IH), 2.45-2.35 (m, IH), 1.93-1.86 (m, IH) ppm.
[00161] C . [2-Methyl- 1 -(45l-phenoxy-25f-phenoxymethyl-pyiτolidine- 1 -carbonyl)- propylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (4): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-l-yi)-N,N.N',N'- tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.38 g, 1.0 mmol) was added to a solution of iV-Boc-Val (0.28 g, 1.3 mmol) in anhydrous ΝMP (5 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, pyrrolidine 3 (0.23 g, 0.86 mmol) in ΝMP (5 mL) was added. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.36 g (90%) of 4 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.34-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.03-6.82 (m, 6H), 5.30 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, IH), 5.01-4.99 (m, IH), 4.69-4.65 (m, IH), 4.38-4.34 (m, IH), 4.27-4.07 (m, 3H), 3.83-3.78 (m, IH), 2.53-2.48 (m, IH), 2.38-2.31 (m, IH), 2.00-1.94 (m, IH), 1.48 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00162] D. 2- Amino-3 -methyl- 1 -(45r-phenoxy-2.S'-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)- butan-1-one (5): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 4 (0.36 g, 0.79 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.27 g (96%) of 5 as a light yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.32-7.01 (m, 4H), 7.01-6.82 (m, 6H), 4.99 (m, IH), 4.67-4.48 (m, IH), 4.38-4.27 (m, IH), 4.16-4.05 (m, IH), 3.99 (app q, J = 5.1 Hz, IH), 3.78-3.72 (m, IH), 2.50-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.86 (br s, 2H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00163] E. {lS-[2-Methyl-lS-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l- carbonyl)-propylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-l- yl)-N^V^,N'Λ'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.23 g, 0.61 mmol) was added to a solution of N- Boc-Ala (0.14 g, 0.74 mmol) in anhydrous ΝMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N- Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, pyrrolidine 5 (0.17 g, 0.48 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.23 g (92%) of 6 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.33-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.02-6.87 (m, 6H), 5.02-4.99 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.33 (dd, J = 3.9, 9.3 Hz, IH), 4.23-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.78 (m, IH), 2.52-2.47 (m, IH), 2.38-2.28 (m, IH), 2.08-1.99 (m, IH), 1.80 (br s, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00164] F. 25'-Amino-iV-[2-methyl-l1Sr-(41S'-phenoxy-25'-phenoxymethyl- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionarnide hydrochloride (7): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 6 (0.23 g, 0.44 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was dissolved in diethyl ether then treated with HCl(g). The crude salt was triturated with diethyl ether and hexane to afford 0.13 g (65%) of 7 as a white solid. 1H NMR, free base (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.89-7.87 (m, IH), 7.32-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.01-6.79 (m, 5H), 5.01-4.98 (m, IH), 4.68-4.62 (m, IH), 4.51-4.43 (m, IH), 4.36-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.10 (m, IH), 3.84-3.78 (m, IH), 2.51-2.46 (m, IH), 2.35-2.28 (m, IH), 2.09-2.02 (m, IH), 1.38-1.25 (m, 4H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectra, m/z = 440 [(M + H)+].
Figure imgf000062_0001
(E3) Table 2.
Figure imgf000063_0001
EXAMPLE 4
[00165] This example illustrates the preparation of substituted pyrrolidines of
Table 3.
Scheme II
Figure imgf000064_0001
[00166] The Preparation of trans-2S-Amino-N-(lS- {2S-[3-(2-ethyl-ρhenoxy)- propenyl] -^-phenoxy-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl} -2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (14):
[00167] A. tra«5-2iSr-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-45-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (9): To a solution of alcohol 8 (0.3 g, 0.94 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added 2-ethylphenol (0.14 g, 1.16 mmol) and Ph3P (0.27 g, 1.03 mmol). The solution was cooled to 00C and ADDP (0.28 g, 1.13 mmol) was added in one portion. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued for 16 h. The white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with IM NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.18 g (45%) of 9 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.30-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.15 (m, 2H); 7.00-6.79 (m, 4H); 6.01-5.98 (m, IH), 5.84 (m, IH); 4.92 (br s, IH); 4.53-4.43 (m, 3H); 3.76 (m, 2H); 2.65 (q, 2H); 2.39 (m, IH); 2.16 (d, IH); 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.21 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00168] B. trα«5-25'-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-45'-phenoxy-pyrrolidine (10):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 9 (0.18 g, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine (10) was used without further purification (0.13 g obtained). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.31-7.25 (m, 3H); 7.17-7.11 (m, 2H); 6.97-6.80 (m, 4H); 5.97-5.88 (m, 2H); 4.86 (m, IH); 4.54-4.50 (m, 2H); 3.70 (q, IH); 3.34 (d, IH); 3.07 (d of d, IH); 2.66 (q, 2H); 2.48-2.41 (m, IH); 1.82-1.75 (m, 2H); 1.20 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00169] C. trans-{\S- {25-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4-S'-phenoxy- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (11): O-(7- Azabenzotriazol-l-y^-NΛ^'^'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.23 g, 0.62 mmol) was added to a solution of iV-Boc-Val (0.18 g, 0.82 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. iV-Methylmorpholine (0.12 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 10 (0.13 g, 0.41 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:2 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.20 g (92%, 2 steps) of 11 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.32-7.24 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.06 (m, 2H); 6.99 (t, IH); 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H); 5.96-5.91 (m, 2H); 5.23-5.20 (m, IH); 5.01-4.86 (m, 2H); 4.53 (m, 2H); 4.21-4.09 (m, 2H); 4.09-3.97 (m, IH); 2.68 (q, 2H); 2.36-2.32 (m, IH); 2.18 (d, IH); 1.97-1.91 (m, IH); 1.44 (s, 9H); 1.29-1.18 (m, 6H); 0.99-0.81 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00170] D. tra«s-21S'-Amino-l-{25'-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-45'-phenoxy- pyrrolidin-l-yl}-3-methyl-butan-l-one (12): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 11 (0.20 g, 0.39 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine (12) was used without further purification (0.14 g obtained). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.28-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.15 (m, 2H); 6.99 (m, IH); 6.89-6.76 (m, 4H); 6.10-5.86 (m, 2H); 5.01-4.95 (m, 2H); 4.56 (m, 3H); 3.92-3.79 (m, IH); 3.31 (m, IH); 2.66 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.16 (m, IH); 1.68 (m, 4H); 1.28-1.19 (m, 3H); 0.97-0.81 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00171] E. tmns-[lS-(lS- {2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-proρenyl]-4£-phenoxy- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (13): O-CT-Azabenzotriazol-l-y^-N^^/V'^'-tetxamethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.19 g, 0.51 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Ala (0.13 g, 0.67 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. iV-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 12 (0.14 g, 0.34 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 72 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.11 g (49%, 2 steps) of 13 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H); 7.15-6.95 (m, 3H); 6.88-6.76 (m, 4H); 5.96-5.87 (m, 2H); 5.19 (br, IH); 5.00 (m, IH); 4.86 (t, IH); 4.51-4.49 (m, 3H); 4.17-4.10 (m, 2H); 3.89-3.80 (m, IH); 2.64 (q, 2H); 2.34-2.29 (m, IH); 2.21-2.14 (m, IH); 2.04-1.98 (m, IH); 1.44 s, 9H); 1.35-1.23 (m, 4H); 1.17 (t, 3H); 0.97-0.87 (m, 6H) ppm. [00172] F. trans-2S-Amino-N-(lS- {2»S'-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-45'- phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (14): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 13 (0.11 g, 0.18 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.068 g (76%) of 14 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.86 (br, IH); 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.05 (m, 2H); 6.98 (t, IH); 6.88-6.76 (m, 4H); 5.97-5.86 (m, 2H); 5.00-4.98 (m, IH); 4.88-4.83 (m, IH); 4.57-4.51 (m, 2H); 4.44 (t, IH); 4.21 (d of d, IH); 3.89-3.82 (m, IH); 2.64 (q, 2H); 2.33-2.29 (m, IH); 2.17 (d, IH); 2.04- 2.00 (m, IH); 1.36-1.25 (m, 6H); 1.17 (t, 3H); 0.99-0.88 (m, 6H) ppm.
Figure imgf000066_0001
(E4) Table 3
Figure imgf000067_0001
EXAMPLE 5
[00173] This example illustrates the preparation of pyrrolidine derivatives of Table
4. Scheme III
Figure imgf000068_0001
[00174] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-(l,S'-{25'-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-proρyl]-
45'-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (21):
[00175] A. 25-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-4iSr-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester (15): [Re: SRR-006-062] Palladium-on-carbon (10%, 0.3 g) was added to a solution of alcohol 8 (3 g, 9.4 mmol) in EtOAc (30 mL). The reaction mixture was placed on a Parr shaker and pressurized to 45 PSI H2 (g). The heterogeneous mixture was shaken for 24 h at ambient temperature. The catalyst was removed via filtration through a 0.45 μm PVDF filter disc (Millipore Millex-HV®) and the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 2.9 g (97%) of 15 which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.29 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, IH); 6.85 (d, 2H); 4.88 (br s, IH); 4.08-3.74 (m, 2H); 3.67-3.65 (m, 2H); 3.55 (d, IH); 2.27-2.23 (m, 2H); 2.05-1.90 (m, 2H); 1.76-1.65 (m, IH); 1.55 (q, 2H); 1.47 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00176] B . 25- [3 -(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl] -45'-phenoxy-pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (16): To a solution of alcohol 15 (0.61 g, 1.91 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added 2-ethylphenol (0.28 g, 2.33 mmol) and Ph3P (0.55 g, 2.09 mmol). The solution was cooled to 00C and ADDP (0.58 g, 2.29 mmol) was added in one portion. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued for 16 h. The white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with IM NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3 : 1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.46 g of 16 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.28 (t, 2H); 7.13 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, IH); 6.89-6.84 (m, 3H); 6.78 (d, IH); 4.91-4.87 (m, IH); 3.96 (br, 4H); 3.56 (d, IH); 2.63 (q, 2H); 2.28-2.26 (m, IH); 2.11-2.06 (m, 2H); 1.86- 1.77 (m, 3H); 1.46 (s, 9H); 1.17 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00177] C. 2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-ρhenoxy)-propyl]-45'-phenoxy-ρyrrolidine (17):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 16 (0.46 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.30 g (85%) of 17 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.32-7.26 (m, 3H); 7.16-7.12 (m, 2H); 6.986.78 (m, 4H); 4.86 (s, IH); 3.99-3.97 (m, 2H); 3.35 (d, IH); 3.23 (m, IH); 3.08 (m, IH); 2.74-2.60 (m, 3H); 2.42 (m, 2H); 1.90-1.85 (m, 3H); 1.67-1.61 (m, IH); 1.16 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00178] D. (15'-{21S'-[3-(2-Ethyl-ρhenoxy)-proρyl]-45'-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l- carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-buty\ ester (18): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-l-yl)- NΛΛW-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.39 g, 1.03 mmol) was added to a solution of N- Boc-Val (0.30 g, 1.38 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N- Methylmorpholine (0.2 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 17 (0.22 g, 0.67 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.30 g (83%) of 18 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.33-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.99 (t, IH); 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H); 5.28-5.24 (m, IH); 5.00-4.98 (m, IH); 4.39-4.36 (m, IH); 4.22-4.17 (m, 2H); 4.02-3.94 (m, 2H); 3.72 (d of d, IH); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.30-2.24 (m, IH); 2.14-2.07 (, IH); 1.98-1.89 (m, IH); 1.82- 1.74 (m, 4H); 1.44 (s, 9H); 1.18-1.13 (m, 3H); 0.99-0.93 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00179] E. 2S-Amino-l-{25'-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-ρyrrolidin- l-yl}-3-methyl-butan-l-one (19): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 18 (0.30 g, 0.57 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.23 g of 19 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.33-7.28 (m, 2H); 7.17-7.12 (m, 2H); 6.99 (t, IH); 6.89-6.83 (m, 3H); 6.78 (d, IH); 4.98 (br, 2H); 4.39 (br, IH), 4.07-3.92 (m, 4H); 3.75-3.67 (m, IH); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.31-2.24 (m, 2H); 2.13-2.08 (m, 2H); 1.94-1.75 (m, 6H); 1.16 (t, 3H); 1.01-0.85 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00180] F. [15'-(15'-{2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-proρyl]-45r-ρhenoxy-pyrrolidine-l- carbonyl}-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (20): O-(7- Azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-NrN^V'':iN'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.11 g, 0.27 mmol) was added to a solution of iV-Boc-Ala (0.07 g, 0.37 mmol) in anhydrous ΝMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.05 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 19 (0.078 g, 0.18 mmol) in ΝMP (1 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, IN HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.038 g of 20 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.33-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.99 (t, IH); 6.88- 6.76 (m, 4H); 5.08-5.00 (m, IH); 4.98-4.96 (m, IH); 4.52-4.47 (m, IH); 4.374.34 (m, IH); 4.21- 4.16 (m, 2H); 3.98-3.92 (m, 2H); 3.75 (d, IH); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.22 (m, IH); 2.14-1.99 (m, 4H); 1.86-1.77 (m, 3H); 1.44-1.41 (m, 8H); 1.36-1.13 (m, 4H); 1.16 (t, 3H); 0.96-0.88 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00181] G. 2S-AmUiO-TV-(I,?- {2£-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-ρhenoxy- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (21): Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 20 (0.038 g, 0.06 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was dissolved in diethyl ether then treated with HCl(g). The crude salt was triturated with diethyl ether and hexane to afford 0.022 g of 21 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.87 (br, IH); 7.33-7.25 (m, 2H); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, IH), 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H); 4.98-4.96 (m, IH); 4.45 (t, IH); 4.37-4.25 (m, 2H); 4.00-3.94 (m, 3.77 (d, IH); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.21 (m, IH); 2.14-2.04 (m, 3H); 1.61 (br, 2H); 1.35-1.25 H); 1.16 (t, 3H); 0.97-0.89 (m, 6H) ppm.
Figure imgf000071_0001
(E5)
Table 4
Figure imgf000071_0002
Figure imgf000072_0002
EXAMPLE 6
[00182] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 5.
Scheme IV(a)
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00183] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-[lS-(2£-beiizofuran-3-ylmethyl- pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl] -propionamide (29) :
[00184] A. trans-2S- [3 -(2-Iodo-phenoxy)-propenyl] -pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylic acid fert-butyl ester (23): To a solution of alcohol 22 (10.4 g, 0.04 mol) in DCM (300 mL) was added 2-iodophenol (12.1 g, 0.05 mol) and Ph3P (14.4 g, 0.05 mol). At ambient temperature, ADDP (13.8 g, 0.05 mol) was added in one portion. After 16 h, the white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with IM NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, and then filtered through a short column of silica gel. The product was eluted with DCM and then 1 : 1 hexane/EtOAc to afford 15.5 g (79%) of 23 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.76 (dd, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.27 (app t, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, IH), 6.78 (dd, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, IH), 6.70 (app t, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, IH), 5.74 (m, 2H), 4.58 (app d, J= 4.7 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (m, IH), 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00185] B. 25l-Benzofuran-3-yhnethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (24): To a solution of 23 (15.5 g, 36.1 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (250 mL) was added n- Bu4NCl (10.0 g, 36.1 mmol), K2CO3 (5.0 g, 36.1 mmol), NaHCO3 (2.45 g, 36.1 mmol), and Pd(OAc)2 (0.16 g, 0.72 mmol). The orange-brown reaction mixture was immersed in a pre¬ heated (1000C) oil bath. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature then diluted with diethyl ether and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with diethyl ether. The combined organic extract was washed with water, brine, dired over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude benzofuran was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (4: 1 hexane/EtOAc) and then by normal-phase HPLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 4.6 g (42%) of 24 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.62 (m, IH), 7.46 (m, IH), 7.26 (m, 3H), 4.13 (m, IH), 3.40-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, IH), 2.68 (m, IH), 1.80-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.51 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00186] C. 2<S'-Benzofuran-3-yhnethyl-pyrτolidine (25): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at 00C to a solution of 24 (0.5 g, 1.65 mmol) in DCM (40 mL). After 2 h, an additional portion of TFA (2 mL) was added. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched by the careful addition of aqueous NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the crude product was extracted with diethyl ether. The organic extract was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C18; 10-100% ACN/water, 0.1% TFA) which, following neutralization, afforded 0.24 g (72%) of 25 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.53 (app d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.27 (dd, J= 7.0, 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.21 (dd, J = 7.0, 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.96 (br s, IH), 3.59 (m, IH), 3.16-2.86 (m, 4H), 1.96-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.60 (m, IH) ppm.
[00187] D. [liS-(25'-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl- propylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (26): A solution of iV-Boc L-valine (121 mg, 0.56 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (182 mg, 0.48 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, amine 25 (80 mg, 0.4 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, IM HCl, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by HPLC (20% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 111 mg (69%) of 26 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.87 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, IH), 7.48-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 4H), 5.35 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, IH), 4.53-4.47 (m, IH), 4.31 (dd, J= 6.6. 9.6 Hz, IH), 3.72-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.31 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.2 Hz, IH), 2.49 (dd, J = 10.5, 13.5 Hz5 IH), 2.05-1.74 (m, 6H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 097 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00188] E. 25-Amino-l-(2lS'-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-methyl- butan-1-one (27): A solution of carbamate 26 (111 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 67 mg (80%) of 27 as a light yellow oil. The product was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.89 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.47-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 3H), 4.54-4.49 (m, IH), 3.59-3.53 (m, 2H)5 3.33 (d, J= 13.5 Hz5 IH)5 2.50 (dd, J = 10.8, 13.5 Hz, IH)5 2.03-1.72 (m, 6H), 1.04 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)5 0.99 (d, J= 7.0 Hz5 3H) ppm.
[00189] F. { 1 S-[ 1 S-(2S-Berizofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyirolidine- 1 -carbonyl)-2-methyl- propylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (28): A solution of JV-Boc L-alanine (46 mg, 0.24 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (72 mg, 0.19 mmol) followed by N- methylmorpholine (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, amine 27 (41 mg, 0.14 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, IM HCl, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 62 mg (93%) of 28 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.85 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH)5 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.08 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 4.62 (dd, J = 6.3, 8.7 Hz5 IH), 4.50-4.43 (m, IH), 4.23-4.16 (m, IH), 3.74-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.32 (dd, J= 2.4, 14.1 Hz, IH), 2.49 (dd, J= 10.8, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.14-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.46 (s, 9H)5 1.37 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H)5 1.02 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz5 3H) ppm.
[00190] G. 2S-Amino-N-[lS-(25'-berizofuran-3-yhnethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-
2-methyl-propyl]-propionamide (29): A solution of carbamate 28 (62 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM) to afford 38 mg (72%) of 29 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.92 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, IH), 7.87-7.84 (m, IH), 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H), 4.59 (dd, J = 6.9, 9.3 Hz, IH), 4.52-4.45 (m, IH), 3.84-3.76 (m, IH), 3.67-3.60 (m, IH), 3.57-3.50 (m, IH), 3.34 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, IH), 2.50 (dd, J = 10.5, 13.8 Hz, IH), 2.16-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.82-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.65 (bs, 2H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H) ppm. The free amine (29) was diluted with Et2O and treated with HCl (g) to form a white solid. The solution was concentrated and the solid was triturated with Et2O and hexanes to provide 29-HCl.
Figure imgf000075_0001
(E6)
Table 5.
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
EXAMPLE 7
[00191] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 6. Scheme IV(b)
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00192] Preparation of 2-Amino-N- { 1 -[2-(5-hydroxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyi)- pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (32):
[00193] A. (l-{l-[2-(5-Hydroxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-
2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (31): A mixture of 30 (0.52 g, 0.90 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.05 g) in EtOAc (25 mL) was placed on a Parr apparatus and pressurized to 45 PSI H2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was shaken for 24 h. TLC analysis revealed only unconsumed starting material therefore the catalyst was removed by filtration and the clarified filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in EtOAc (25 mL) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.208 g) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken under a H2 atmosphere (45 PSI) for 4 h at which time a second portion of palladium catalyst (0.05 g) was added. Hydrogenation was continued until all of the starting material was consumed (~2 h). The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1) to afford 0.37 g (84%) of 31 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.37 (s, IH); 7.33-7.31 (m, IH); 7.28-7.26 (m, IH), 6.88-6.85 (m, 2H); 5.18 (br, IH); 4.56 (t, IH); 4.45-4.24 (m, 3H); 3.82-3.74 (m, IH); 3.66-3.58 (m, IH); 3.22 (d, IH); 2.44-2.36 (m, IH); 2.12-2.09 (m, IH); 2.03-1.89 (m, 2H); 1.73-1.67 (m, 2H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.02-0.97 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00194] B. 2-Amino-N-{l-[2-(5-hydroxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l- carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (32): To a solution of 31 (0.04 g, 0.082 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.011 g (37%) of 32 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 68.54 (d, IH); 7.37 (s, IH); 7.31 (d, IH); 7.09 (d, IH); 6.83 (dd, IH); 4.64 (t, IH); 4.56-4.51 (m, IH); 4.09-3.93 (m, 2H); 3.73-3.65 (m, IH); 3.36 (dd, IH); 2.35 (t, IH); 2.19-1.94 (m, 3H); 1.77-1.69 (m, 2H); 1.33 (d, 2H); 1.25-1.19 (m, IH); 1.04-1.00 (m, 5H); 0.94 (t, IH) ppm.
Figure imgf000079_0001
(E7)
Table 6.
Figure imgf000079_0002
EXAMPLE 8
[00195] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 7.
Scheme IV(c)
Figure imgf000080_0001
[00196] Preparation of 2-Amino-N- { 1 -[2-(5-methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)- pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (34):
[00197] A. (1 - { 1 -[2-(5-Methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl]-
2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (33): To a solution of 32 (0.06 g, 0.12 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (3 rnL) was added MeOH (10 μL), Ph3P (0.036 g, 0.13 mmol), and ADDP (0.037 g, 0.14 mmol). The reaction mixture was maintained at ambient temperature for 16 h at which point TLC analysis revealed incomplete reaction. A second portion of MeOH (100 μL), Ph3P (0.036 g, 0.13 mmol), and ADDP (0.037 g, 0.14 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was maintained for an additional 5 h at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed twice with 1 N NaOH, followed by brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 2:1) to afford 0.057 g (91%) of 33 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.41 (s, IH); 7.38-7.33 (m, IH); 7.30-7.28 (m, IH); 6.90 (dd, IH); 6.77 (d, IH); 4.98 (br, IH); 4.64-4.59 (m, IH); 4.48-4.43 (m, IH); 4.21-4.14 (m, IH); 3.88 (s, 3H); 3.72- 3.53 (m, 2H); 3,30-3.25 (m, IH); 2.51-2.43 (m, IH); 2.13-1.72 (m, 5H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.03-0.95 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00198] B. 2-Amino-N- { 1 -[2-(5-methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-ρyrrolidine- 1 - carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (34): To a solution of 33 (0.057 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.015 g (35%) of 34 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.42 (m, IH); 7.35 (d, IH); 7.28 (m, IH); 6.90 (dd, IH); 4.60 (m, IH); 4.48-4.45 (m, IH); 3.89-3.76 (m, 4H); 3.65-3.56 (m, 2H); 3.31 (dd, IH); 2.52-2.44 (m, IH); 2.13-1.72 (m, 6H); 1.43-1.27 (m, 5H); 1.05-0.97 (m, 6H) ppm.
Figure imgf000081_0001
(E8)
Table 7.
Figure imgf000081_0002
EXAMPLE 9
[00199] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 8.
Scheme IV(d)
Figure imgf000082_0001
[00200] Preparation of 2-Amino-N- {2-methyl- 1 -[2-(5-ρyridin-2-yl-benzofuran-3- ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl] -propyl} -propionamide (37) :
[00201] A. Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 3-{l-[2-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino- propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyiyl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-5-yl ester (35): To a solution of 32 (0.16 g, 0.32 mmol) and DIPEA (60 μL, 0.32 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (4 mL) was added N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (0.14 g, 0.38 mmol) at 0 0C. After ~10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and then maintained for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1 :1) to afford 126 mg (63%) of 35 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.73 (d, IH); 7.55-7.48 (m, 2H); 7.20 (dd, IH); 6.78-6.75 (m, IH); 4.99 (br, IH); 4.63-4.58 (m, IH); 4.41-4.35 (m, IH); 4.19 (m, IH); 3.75- 3.68 (m, IH); 3.64-3.57 (m, IH); 3.29 (dd, IH); 2.54-2.46 (m, IH); 1.99-1.84 (m, 3H); 1.71-1.66 (m, 2H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.02-0.94 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00202] B. (l-{2-Methyl-l-[2-(5-pyridin-3-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (36): A mixture of 35 (0.063 g, 0.10 mmol), K2CO3 (70 mg, 0.50 mmol), 3-pyridineboronic acid (0.015 g, 0.12 mmol), and (Ph3P)4Pd (5 mg, 3 mol %) in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) was heated at 1000C in a sealed tube for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc) to afford 40 mg (72%) of 36 as an oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 68.94 (d, IH); 8.59 (d, IH); 8.01-7.95 (m, IH); 7.74-7.64 (m, IH); 7.58-7.37 (m, 4H); 6.94 (d, IH); 4.61 (t, IH); 4.50-4.47 (m, IH); 4.30 (t, IHO; 4.21 (br, IH); 3.79-3.71 (m, IH); 3.66-3.59 (m, IH); 2.42-3.36 (m, IH); 2.58-2.50 (m, IH); 2.13-2.09 (m, IH); 2.01-1.71 (m, 4H); 1.45 (m, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.03-0.94 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00203] C. 2-Amino-N-{2-methyl-l-[2-(5-ρyridin-2-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (37): To a solution of 36 (0.04 g, 0.07 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.024 g (76%) of 37 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 58.0 (s, IH); 7.95 (d, IH); 7.71-7.64 (m, 2H); 7.56- 7.46 (m, 4H); 4.61-4.48 (m, 2H); 4.29 (t, IH); 3.83-3.77 (m, IH); 3.67-3.54 (m, 2H); 3.41 (dd, IH); 2.58-2.49 (m, IH); 2.13-1.70 (m, 5H); 1.40-1.25 (m, 5H); 1.04-0.84 (m 6H) ppm.
Figure imgf000083_0001
(E9)
Table 8.
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000084_0002
EXAMPLE 10
[00204] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 9.
Scheme V
Figure imgf000084_0001
[00205] The Preparation of 25-Amino-N- {2-methyl- 16r-[26'-(2-pyridin-4-yl- benzofuran-3 -ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl] -propyl} -propionamide (44) :
[00206] A. 2»S'-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-yhnethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-bxύyl ester (38): A solution of 22 (1.4 g, 4.7 mmol) in CHCl3 (20 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with KOAc (2.5 g, 26 mmol). A solution of bromine (0.3 mL, 5.8 mmol) in CHCl3 (10 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min. Following addition, the solution maintained a yellow orange color. After TLC indicated consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was diluted with H2O, washed with saturated Na2S2O8, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) afforded 1.1 g (61%) of 38 as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.57-7.52 (m, IH), 7.43-7.41 (m, IH), 7.26-7.20 (m, 2H), 4.20 (m, IH), 3.43-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.01 (m, IH), 2.73-2.58 (m, IH), 1.89-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00207] B. 2S-(2-Bromo-benzomran-3-ylmemyl)-pyrrolidme (39): A solution of
38 (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was treated with TFA (2 rtiL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 0.8 g of 39 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 8.84 (br s, IH), 7.42-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.66 (m, IH), 3.48-3.39 (m, IH), 3.31-3.21 (m, 2H) 2,95 (dd, J = 9.9 Hz, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.06-1.99 (m, IH), 1.91-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, IH) ppm.
[00208] C. {liS'-[25'-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ymiethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2- methyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (40): A solution of N-Boc L-valine (656 mg, 3.0 mmol) in ΝMP (6 mL) was treated with HATU (1.2 g, 3.1 mmol) followed by N- methylmorpholine (0.4 mL, 3.6 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, crude 39 (0.8 g, 2.9 mmol) in ΝMP (6 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 853 mg (61%) of 40 as a yellow foam. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.89-7.86 (m, IH), 7.42-7.38 (m, IH), 7.29-7.25 (m, 3H), 5.35 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, IH), 4.55-4.51 (m, IH), 4.29 (dd, J = 6.0, 9.6 Hz, IH), 3.71-3.66 (m, IH), 3.27 (dd, J = 3.3, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.45 (dd, J = 10.8, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.15-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.79-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00209] D. 25-Amino-l-[25-(2-bromo-benzofuran-3-yhnethyl)-ρyrrolidin-l-yl]-3- methyl-butan-1-one (41): A solution of carbamate 40 (853 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was treated with TFA (2 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 0.66 g of 41 as a yellow foam which was used without further purification. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.92-7.89 (m, IH), 7.44-7.39 (m, IH), 7.30-7.25 (m, 3H), 4.55 (m, IH), 3.66-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.29 (dd, J = 2.4, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.45 (dd, J = 11.1, 12.9 Hz, IH), 2.15-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.06 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.01 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm. [00210] E. (15-{15r-[25'-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l- carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (42): A solution of N-Boc-L-alanine (394 mg, 2.1 mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was treated with HATU (763 mg, 2.0 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.3 mL, 2.7 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, crude 41 (0.66 mg, 1.7 mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, IM HCl, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (2:1 hexane/EtOAc-to-l:l hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.9 g (96%) of 42 as an off- white foam. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.86-7.84 (m, IH), 7.43-7.40 (m5 IH), 7.29-7.25 (m, 2H)5 7.01 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.10 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 4.62 (dd, J = 6.3, 8.7 Hz, IH), 4.53-4.48 (m, IH), 4.23-4.19 (m, IH), 3.75-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.27 (dd, J = 3.3, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.45 (dd, J = 10.5, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.16-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00211] F. (IS- {2-Methyl-15-[25-(2-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (43): A solution of 42 (36 mg, 0.07 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) was treated with K2CO3 (38 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (2 mg) followed by 4-pyridine boronic acid (12 mg, 0.1 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight. The solution was cooled to room temperature, diluted with H2O, extracted with EtOAc, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 44 mg of 43 as a light yellow oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 8.74 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, IH), 7.99 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, IH), 7.86-7.81 (m, IH), 7.71-7.64 (m, IH), 7.56-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.27 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.01 (m, IH), 4.62 (app t, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 4.56-4.46 (m, IH), 4.20 (m, IH), 3.72-3.67 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, J= 11.7, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.16-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J = 7.2 Hz5 3H), 1.04 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (d, J = 6.3 Hz5 3H) ppm.
[00212] G. 25-Amino-iV-{2-methyl-l1Sr-[2-(25'-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3- ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl] -propyl} -propionamide (44): A solution of 43 (44 mg, 0.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C18; 10-100% ACN/H2O with 0.1% AcOH buffer). The fractions containing pure product were lyophilized to afford 21 mg of 44 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 8.75 (bs, IH), 8.00 (m, IH), 7.90-7.82 (m, IH), 7.71-7.64 (m, IH), 7.55-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 2H), 4.61- 4.52 (m, IH), 3.83-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.00 (m, IH), 2.84 (dd, J= 11.1, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.16-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.41 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H) ppm.
Figure imgf000087_0001
(ElO)
Table 9.
Figure imgf000087_0002
EXAMPLE 11
[00213] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 10.
Scheme V(a)
Figure imgf000088_0001
[00214] The Preparation of 3-(3-{l-[2-(2-Amino-propionylamino)-3-methyl- bu1yryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (52):
[00215] A. 2-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (46): To a cooled (00C) solution of 45 (4.1 g, 12.2 mmol) in CHCl3 (70 niL) was added KOAc (3.6 g, 36.7 mmol) followed by the dropwise addition OfBr2 (2.3 g, 14.6 mmol) in CHCl3 (30 mL) over ~20 min. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with brine and saturated with Na2S2O8. The product was extracted with DCM and the combined DCM extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filitered and concentrated to afford 5 g (quant.) of 46 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.75-7.72 & 6.98 (retainers, m and app t, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.44-7.10 (m, 8H), 5.24- 5.17 (m, 2H), 4.28 & 4.17 (rotamer, 2 m, IH), 3.54-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.21 & 3.00 (rotamer, 2 dd, J = 2.4, 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.72-2.55 (m, IH), 1.97-1.75 (m, 4H) ppm.
[00216] B. 2-[2-(2-Ethoxycarbonyl-vinyl)-benzofuran-3-yhnethyl]-pyrrolidine-l- carboxylic acid benzyl ester (47): A solution containing crude 46 (5.0 g, 12.1 mmol), ethyl acrylate (2.7 g, 27.7 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (3.5 g, 12.6 mmol), NaHCO3 (2.0 g, 23.8 mmol), and Pd(OAc)2 (0.107 g, 0.46 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was heated at 100 0C for 16 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filitered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1 :3) to afford 3.7 g (70%) of 47 as an orange-colored oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.81 & 6.99 (rotamer, app d, J = 7.5 Hz, app t, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.61 (dd, J = 15.9, 18.3 Hz, IH), 7.47-7.20 (m, 8H), 6.58 (dd, J = 5.7, 15.6 Hz, IH), 5.27-5.16 (m, 2H), 4.24 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.17-4.08 (m, IH), 3.51- 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.38 & 3.17 (rotamer, 2 dd, J= 3.6, 14.1 Hz, IH), 2.89-2.69 (m, IH), 1.94-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) ppm.
[00217] C. 3-(3-Pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester
(48): A mixture containing 47 (1.0 g, 2.3 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (~1 g) in anhydrous MeOH (20 mL) was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere (45 PSI) and shaken using a Parr apparatus for 1 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solids were washed with EtOAc and MeOH. The clarified filtrate was concentrated to afford 634 mg (91%) of 48 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.51-7.49 (m, IH), 7.38-7.35 (m, IH), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.73 (m, 4H), 1.84-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.43-1.39 (m, IH), 1.26-1.20 (m, 3H) ppm.
[00218] D. 3- {3-[l-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-2- ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl} -propionic acid ethyl ester (49): A solution containing Boc-L-valine (352 mg, 1.6 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (543 mg, 1.4 mmol) followed by NMM (0.2 mL, 1.8 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 48 (0.4 g, 1.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 630 mg (96%) of 49 which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.82-7.79 (m, IH), 7.38-7.35 (m, IH), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 5.37 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 4.50-4.44 (m, IH), 4.31 (dd, J = 6.0, 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.14 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 3.29 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.5 Hz, IH), 3.12 (app t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.73 (m, IH), 1.69-1.65 (m, IH), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.25 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 501 [M + H]+; and, 523 [M + Na]+.
[00219] E. 3-{3-[l-(2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]- benzofuran-2-yl} -propionic acid ethyl ester (50): To a solution of 49 (302 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 2 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 235 mg (97%) of 50 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.86-7.83 (m, IH), 7.43-7.34 (m, IH), 1.21-1.19 (m, 3H), 4.49 (m, IH), 4.14 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.60-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.32 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, IH), 3.12 (app t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.42 (app t, J = 12.3 Hz, IH), 2.10-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 401 [M + H]+.
[00220] F. 3-(3- { 1 -[2-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-propionylamino)-3-methyl- butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (51): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (69 mg, 0.37 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (131 mg, 0.34 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 50 (111 mg, 0.28 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 160 mg (quant.) of 51 which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 67.81-7.78 (m, IH), 7.38-7.36 (m, IH), 7.28-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.04 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 4.61 (dd, J = 6.3, 8.7 Hz, IH), 4.48-4.42 (m, IH), 4.22 (m, IH), 4.13 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.28 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.5 Hz, IH), 3.11 (app t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.85-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.38 (app t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.13-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.64 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.03- 0.95 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 572 [M + H]+; and, 594 [M + Na]+.
[00221] G. 3-(3-{l-[2-(2-Amino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2- ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (52): To a solution of 51 (160 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 2.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. A portion (-50%) of the crude material was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1% HOAc) to afford 56 mg of 52 as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz) 68.03 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.77 (m, IH), 7.43-7.41 (m, IH), 7.21 (m, 2H), 4.37 (app t, J - 8.1 Hz, IH), 4.19 (m, IH), 4.01 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (m, IH), 3.56 (app d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 3.28 (m, IH), 3.06-3.01 (m, 3H), 2.68 (app t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.07-1.96 (m, IH), 1.63 (m, IH), 1.54 (m, IH), 1.13-1.09 (m, 6H), 0.90 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.85 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z All [M + H]+; and, 494 [M + Na]+.
Figure imgf000091_0001
Table 10.
Figure imgf000091_0002
EXAMPLE 12
[00222] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 11 and Table 12.
Scheme V(b)
Figure imgf000092_0001
[00223] The Preparation of Ornithine-derived Lactam (59) :
[00224] A. 3- {3-[ 1 -(5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino- pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl} -propionic acid ethyl ester (53): A solution containing Boc-L-ornithine (2.3 g, 6.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was treated with HATU (2.4 g, 6.3 mmol) followed by NMM (1.5 mL, 13.7 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 48 (1.6 g, 5.3 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 3.0 g (87%) of 53 as an orange-colored oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 67.78-7.75 (m, IH), 7.40-7.20 (m, 8H), 5.48 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.42 (m, IH), 4.17-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.56 (m, IH), 3.27-3.19 (m, IH), 3.12 (app t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.35 (m, IH), 2.09-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.29-1.19 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00225] B. 3-{3-[l-(5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino- pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid (54): A solution containing the crude 53 (3.0 g, 4.6 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was treated with 3 M NaOH (8 mL) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then warmed to gentle reflux and maintained for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with 1 N HCl then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford ~3 g (quant.) of 54 as an off- white-colored foam which was used directly without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) hi.69-1.61 (m, IH), 7.39-7.20 (m, 8H), 5.70 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.13-5.09 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.45 (m, IH), 3.67-3.54 (m, IH), 3.22-
3.18 (m, 2H), 3.13 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, IH), 2.85-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00226] C . 3 - {3 - [ 1 -(5 - Amino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-
2-ylmemyl]-benzofuran-2-yl} -propionic acid (55): A solution of the crude 54 (~3 g, 4.8 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was charged with 10% Pd-on-carbon (~1 g) and placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (45 PSI). The reaction mixture was shaken using a Parr apparatus for 2 h. After removal of the catalyst by filtration over celite, the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken up in DCM and dried using anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 2.3 g (quant.) of 55 as a foamy residue which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 67.51 (m, IH), 7.34-7.32 (m, IH), 7.18-7.15 (m, 2H),
6.19 (m, IH), 4.36 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.10-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.85-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.41 (s, 9H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 488 [M + H]+.
[00227] D. Boc-protected Des-alanine Ornithine-derived Lactam (56): A solution containing 55 (2.3 g, 4.7 mmol) in 1:1 NMP/DCM (30 mL) was treated with HATU (2.1 g, 5.5 mmol) and NMM (0.6 mL, 5.5 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with aqueous Na2SO4, dilute aqueous HCl, water, brine, then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 1.5 g (68%) of 56 as an off-white-colored foam which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) hi. IQ-1.66 (m, IH), 7.33 (m, IH), 7.19-7.18 (m, 2H), 5.70 (m, IH), 4.42 (m, IH), 4.10 (m, IH), 3.55 (m, 3H), 3.24-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.61-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 7H), 1.44 (s, 9H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 470 [M + H]+, 492 [M + Na]+.
[00228] E. Des-alanine Ornithine-derived Lactam (57): To a solution of crude 56
(1.5 g, 3.1 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) at ambient temperature. After 2 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, and brine. The combined aqueous washes were back extracted with 5% MeOH/DCM. The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 0.8 g (68%) of 57 as an off-white-colored foam which was used directly in the next reaction. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.41-7.38 (m, IH), 121-120 (m, 3H), 5.99 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, IH), 4.39-4.33 (m, IH), 3.96-3.84 (m, IH), 3.70-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.77-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.19-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.08 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00229] F. Boc-protected Ornithine-derived Lactam (58): A solution containing
Boc-L-alanine (526 mg, 2.8 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was treated with HATU (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) followed by NMM (0.3 mL, 2.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, crude amine 57 (0.8 mg, 2.2 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 2 d, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford ~1 g (84%) of 58 as a yellow-colored oil which was used without further purification. Mass spectrum: m/z 541 [M + H]+, and 563 [M + Na]+.
[00230] G. Ornithine-derived Lactam (59): To a solution of crude 58 (~1 g, 1.9 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, and brine. The combined aqueous washes were back extracted with 5% MeOH/DCM and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. A portion of the crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Cl 8, 10- 100% ACN/water containing 0.1% HOAc) to afford 28 mg of 59 as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz) 58.14 (m, IH), 7.88 (m, IH), 7.68-7.66 (m, IH), 7.35 (m, IH), 7.12 (m, 2H), 4.43 (m, IH), 4.12 (m, IH), 3.48 (m, 2H), 2.91(m, 4H), 1.48-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.10 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 441 [M + H]+.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Table 11.
Figure imgf000095_0002
Figure imgf000095_0001
(E12-2)
Table 12.
Figure imgf000095_0003
EXAMPLE 13
[00231 ] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 13. Scheme Vc
Figure imgf000096_0001
[00232] The Preparation of Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (66).
[00233] A. 2-[2-(3-Hydroxy-propenyl)-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l- carboxylic acid benzyl ester (60): At -78 0C, BF3-etherate (0.6 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added to a solution containing 47 (1.7 g, 3.9 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (40 mL). After 10 min, DIBAL (1 M/DCM, 10 mL, 10 mmol) was added dropwise from an addition funnel. After 5 min following the complete addition of the DIBAL solution, EtOAc (10 mL) was added to quench the excess reagent. Dilute aqueous HCl was slowly added and the reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature. The product was extracted with DCM and EtOAc nad the combined organic extracts were washed with dilute aqueous HCl, water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:2) to afford 1.1 g (72%) of 60 as a yellow-colored oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.65 & 7.03 (rotamer, d and app t, J= 6.9, 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.38 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.52 (m, 2H), 5.26-5.14 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, IH), 4.28 (m, IH), 4.14 (m, IH), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.27 & 3.02 (rotamer, 2 m, IH), 2.76-2.68 (m, IH), 2.45 (m, IH), 1.77-1.68 (m, 5H) ppm. [00234] B. 3-(3-Pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-benzofuran-2-yl)-propan-l-ol (61): A mixture of 60 (1.1 g, 2.8 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (1 g) in MeOH (40 mL) was placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (45 PSI) and shaken for 2 h using a Parr apparatus. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a bed of celite and the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 725 mg (quant.) of 61 as a yellow oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.47-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.59 (br s, 2H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.31 (m, IH), 3.08-2.94 (m, IH), 2.89-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.05- 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.49 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00235] C. (1 -(4-Hydroxy-benzyl)-2- {2-[2-(3-hydroxy-proρyl)-benzofuran-3- ylmethyl]-pyrrolidin-l-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (62): A solution containing Boc-L-tyrosine (577 mg, 2.1 mmol) and HATU (716 mg, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (6 mL) was treated with NMM (0.3 mL, 2.7 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, a solution containing 61 (429 mg, 1.7 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 2 d, the reaction mixture was dilutued with water and the product was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with water and dilute aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 821 mg (92%) of 62 as a pale yellow foam. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 68.54 (br 2, IH), 7.66-7.63 (m, IH), 7.36-7.32 (m, IH), 7.21-7.06 (m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.58 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.64-4.56 (m, IH), 4.34-4.31 (m, IH), 3.92-3.88 (m, IH), 3.70 (app t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3.26 (m, IH), 3.18-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.01-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.47 (m, IH), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00236] D. Boc-protected Des-alanine Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (63): To a solution containing 62 (821 mg, 1.6 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was added Ph3P (431 mg, 1.6 mmol) and ADDP (491 mg, 1.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then redissolved in diethyl ether. The insoluble white solid was removed by filtration and the clarified filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:2 to 1:1) to afford 160 mg (19%) of 63 as a light yellow-colored foam. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 67.47 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.34 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.00 (dd, J = 2.7, 8.1 Hz, IH), 6.69 (dd, J = 3.0, 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, IH), 4.88-4.79 (m, IH), 4.51-4.41 (m, IH), 4.23-4.17 (m, IH), 3.97-3.89 (m, IH), 3.84-3.76 (m, IH), 3.46-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.09 (m, IH), 1.99-1.90 (m, IH), 1.72-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00237] E. Des-alanine Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (64): To a solution of 63
(160 mg, 0.32 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 130 mg (quant.) of 64 as an off-white-colored solid which was used directly in the next reaction. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 67.46 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.21-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.1 Hz, IH), 6.70-6.68 (m, IH), 4.47 (m, IH), 4.21-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.93 (t, J = 9.3 Hz, IH), 3.51-3.36 (m, 4H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.15- 2.07 (m, IH), 1.98-1.90 (m, IH), 1.70-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.19-1.13 (m, IH), 0.64-0.55 (m, IH) ppm.
[00238] F. Boc-protected Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (65): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (63 mg, 0.33 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, crude amine 64 (125 mg, 0.31 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1 to 2:1) to afford 137 mg (76%) of 65 as a light yellow-colored solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 67.46 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.34 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.19-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.05-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.70 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.14-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.42 (m, IH), 4.26- 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.93 (app t, J = 9.3 Hz, IH), 3.84-3.76 (m, IH), 3.47-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.64 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.08 (m, IH), 1.97-1.93 (m, IH), 1.71-1.52 (m, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.12 (m, IH), 0.64-0.56 (m, IH) ppm.
[00239] G. Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (66): To a solution of 65 (137 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1% HOAc) to afford 90 mg (82%) of 66 as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz) 68.23 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, IH), 7.46-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.85-6.82 (m, IH), 4.86(m, IH), 4.27 (m, IH), 4.16 (m, IH), 3.98-3.84 (m, IH), 3.44-3.33 (m, IH), 3.16-3.10 (m, IH), 2.76-2.67 (m, 3H), 1.99 (m, IH), 1.57 (app t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 1.45-1.39 (m, IH), 1.16 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.02-0.97 (m, IH), 0.58-0.49 (m, IH) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 476.2 [M + H]+.
Figure imgf000099_0001
(E13)
Table 13.
Figure imgf000099_0002
EXAMPLE 14
[00240] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 14
Scheme VI
Figure imgf000100_0001
[00241] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-{lS-[2£-(lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)- pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (76):
[00242] A. trans-2S-(3 -Methanesulfonyloxy-propenyl)-pyrrolidine~ 1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (67): To a solution of 22 (2 g, 8.8 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added triethylamine (2.5 mL, 17.6 mmol). The solution was cooled in ice bath and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.74 mL, 9.68 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with 5 mL IN HCl, water (10 mL), and brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to obtained 9.5 g of 67 which was used without purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 4.4-4.0 (m, 2 H), 3.42-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00243] B. trans-2S- {3-[Acetyl-(2-iodo-phenyl)-amino]-propenyl} -pyrrolidine- 1 - carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (68): A solution of o-iodoacetanilide (1.1 g, 4.21 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was cooled in ice bath and NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.24 g, 6.31 mmol) was added in portions and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Crude mesylate 67 (1.28 g, 4.21 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature and stirred for 30 min. Water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL) and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 1.17 g of 68 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.85 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.4-7.0 (m, 3H), 5.6 (m, IH), 5.28 (m, IH), 4.86 (m, IH), 3.3 (m, 3H), 2.0-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.4 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00244] C. 2S-(l-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pvn:olidine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester (69): To a solution of 68 (1.1 g, 2.33 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (0.41 g, 3.02 mmol), NaHCO2 (0.16 g, 2.44 mmol) followed by tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.64 g, 2.33 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.02 g, 0.07 mmol) and the reaction flask was immersed in a pre¬ heated oil bath (1000C). After 40 min., water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The diethyl ether extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL), brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 0.37 g of 69 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.4 (s, IH), 7.78-7.6 (dd, J= 10.7, 10.7 Hz, IH), 4.2-4.0 (m, IH), 3.45-3.0 (m, 3H), 2.7-2.6 (m, IH), 2.6 (s, 3H), 1.9-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.5 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00245] D. l-(3-Pyrrolidin-25'-ylmethyl-indol-l-yl)-ethanone (70): To a solution of
69 (0.37 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extract was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.26 g of 70 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.6 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 7.5 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 3.8-3.6 (m, IH), 3.2-2.9 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.6 (m, 4H) ppm.
[00246] E. {15-[2JS-(l-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-yhnethyl)-pyrrolidme-l-carbonyl]-2- methyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (71): To a solution of BOC-L- valine (0.25 g, 1.18 mmol) in NMP (5 mL), was added HATU ( 0.44 mg, 1.18 mmol) followed by NMM (0.3 mL, 2.67 mmol). After 5 min., added 70 (0.25 g, 0.11 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added and the organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), 1 N HCl (10 mL), water, and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 0.36 mg of 71 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.4 (m, IH), 7.88 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.4-4.2 (m, IH), 3.8-3.4 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 2.65 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, IH), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00247] F. I- [2S-( 1 -Acetyl- 1 H-indol-3 -yhnethyl)-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -2S-amino-3 - methyl-butan-1-one (72): To a solution of 71 (0.36 g, 0.81 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture and TFA and DCM were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the combined DCM extracts were washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.27 g of 72 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.4 (m, IH), 7.88 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.4-4.2 (m, IH), 3.8-3.4 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH)5 2.65 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, IH), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00248] G. (^-{^-^-(l-Acetyl-lH-indol-S-ylmethyO-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-
2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-bvAyl ester (73): To a solution of BOC-L- alanine (0.13 g, 0.38 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added HATU (0.16 mg, 0.41 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol). After 5 min., 72 (0.12 g, 0.34 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), 1 N HCl (10 mL), water, and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 0.15 mg of 73 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.4 (m, IH), 7.88 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 7.0-6.8 (m IH), 4.6 (m, IH), 4.5-4.4 (m, IH), 4.2 (m, IH), 3.8-3.6 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 2.65 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, IH), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00249] H. N- { 1S-[2S-(1 -Acetyl- 1 H-indol-3 -ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l -carbonyl]-2- methyl-propyl}-2S-amino-propionarnide (74): To a solution of 73 (0.15 g, 0.29 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture and TFA and DCM were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the DCM extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.12 g of 74 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.4 (m, IH), 7.88 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.6 (m, IH), 4.5-4.4 (m, IH), 3.8 (m, IH), 3.75-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 2.65 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, IH), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00250] 2<Sr-Amino-iV-{15-[25r-(lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2- methyl-propyl}-propionamide (75): To a solution of 74 (0.12 g, 0.291 mmol) in dry MeOH (3 mL) was added 3 mL of 10% NaOH/MeOH. After 15 min., water (2 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.06 g of 75 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.4 (m, IH), 7.88 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.6 (m, IH), 4.5-4.4 (m, IH), 3.8 (m, IH), 3.75-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J = 10.9 Hz, IH), 2.65 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, IH), 2.5-2.4 (m, IH), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
Figure imgf000103_0001
(E14) Table 14.
Figure imgf000104_0001
EXAMPLE 15
[00251] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 15. Scheme VII
Figure imgf000105_0001
[00252] The Preparation of 25'-Amino-iV-(2-methyl-15'-{25'-[l-(toluene-4- sulfonyl)- 1 H-indol-3 -ylmethyl] -pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl} -propyl)-propionamide (78) :
[00253] A. (IS- {15'-[21S'-(lH-Indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl- propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (76): To a solution of 73 (0.70 g, 1.36 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 mL) was added 5 mL of 10% NaOH/MeOH and stirred for 15 min. Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.53 g of 76 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 3003VIHz): δ 8.0 (s, IH), 7.9 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.3-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.8 (m, IH), 4.62 (m IH), 4.5-4.4 (m IH), 4.4-4.0 (m, 2H), 3.7-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, IH), 2.5 (m, IH), 2.2-1.8 ( m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.35 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00254] B. [l1Sr-(2-Methyl-15-{25-[l-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl]- pyrrolidine-1 -carbonyl} -propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (77): To a solution of 76 (0.05 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added NaOH (0.01 g, 0.13 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Tosyl chloride (0.03 g, 0.16 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 35 0C for 1 h. Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the product was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The DCM extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/ethyl acetate) to afford 61 mg of 77 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.82 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.7 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.8 (m, IH), 4.6 (m, IH), 4.4 (m, IH), 4.3- 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.8-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, IH), 2.45 (m, IH), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00255] C. 2,S-Ainino-iV-(2-methyl-15-{25-[l-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-lH-mdol-3- ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-propyl)-propionamide (78): To a solution of 77 (0.06 g, 0.096 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to reaction mixture and TFA and DCM were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 25 mL) and the DCM extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.04 g of 78 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.82 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.7 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.8 (m, IH), 4.6 (m, IH), 4.4 (m, IH), 4.3-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.8-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, IH), 2.45 (m, IH), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
Figure imgf000106_0001
Table 15.
Figure imgf000107_0001
EXAMPLE 16
[00256] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 16.
Scheme VIII
Figure imgf000108_0001
[00257] The Preparation of N-{l-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy- ethoxy)-ethoxy] -ethyl} - 1 H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -2-oxo-ethyl} -2-methylamino- propionamide (85):
[00258] A. 2-(6-Fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-lH-indole-3- ylmethyl)-25'-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (80): To a suspension of NaH (72 mg, 1.8 mmol, 60% mineral oil suspension) in DMF (1 mL) was added 79 (180 mg, 0.60 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature, followed by addition of tri(ethylene glycol) monomethyl ether (182 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and quenched by addition OfNH4Cl aqueous solution at 0 0C. The crude product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (50% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford 250 mg of 80 (93%). [TLC (60% EtOAc/hexane): Rf(80) = 0.22)]. 1R NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.65-7.76 (IH), 7.33 (m, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.09 (m, IH), 6.95 (s, IH), 4.27 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.40 (2H),2.65 (m, IH), 1.75 (brs, 4H), 1.55 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00259] B. 6-Fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-3-pyrrolidin-2- ylmethyl-lH-indole (81): A solution of 80 (250 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with IN aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 190 mg (98%) of 81 as a light yellow oil. The product was used without further purification.
[00260] C. { 1 -Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro- 1 - {2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]- ethyl}-lH-indol-3-yhnethyl)-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (82): To a solution of Boc-L-cyclohexylglycine (172 mg, 0.67 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) was added HATU (255 mg, 0.67 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol). After 5 min, 81 (190 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with water, 1 N HCl (5 mL), aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 280 mg (85%) of 82 as a wax. [TLC (60% EtOAc/hexane): Rf(82) = 0.18)]. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.83 (m, IH), 7.32 (m, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.09 (m, IH), 6.98 (s, IH), 5.32 (m, IH), 4.0-4.6 (5H), 3.79 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, IH), 1.6-2.0 (10H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.0-1.4 (6H) ppm.
[00261] D. 2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-l-[2-(6-fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)- ethoxy]-ethyl}-lH-indol-3-yhnethyl)-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-ethanone (83): A solution of 82 (250 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc5 washed with IN aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 210 mg (100%) of 83 as a light yellow wax. The product was used without further purification.
[00262] E. (l-{l-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]- ethyl}-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (84): To a solution of Boc-L-N-methylanaline (91 mg, 0.48 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) was added HATU (183 mg, 0.48 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol). After 5 min., 83 (210 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with water, 1 N HCl (5 mL), aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 188 mg (65%) of 84 as a wax. [TLC (80% EtOAc/hexane): Rf(84) = 0.20)]. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.80 (m, IH), 7.35 (m, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.10 (m, IH), 6.95 (s, IH), 4.62 (m, IH), 4.46 (m, IH), 4.20 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (, t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.2-3.7 (5H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.48 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H) (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, IH), 2.57 (m, IH), 1.6-2.0 (8H), 1.51 (S, 9H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.0-1.4 (4H) ppm.
[00263] F. 2-(6-Fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-lH-indole-3- ylmethyl)-2.S'-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tort-butyl ester (85): A solution of 84 (188 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with IN aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by ΗPLC to afford 110 mg (65%) acetate salt of 85 as a white solid. [TLC (20% MeOH in EtOAc): Rf(85) = 0.20)]. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.79 (br d, 2H), 7.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 7.10 (m, IH), 6.96 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 6.23 (br s, 2H), 4.61 (m, IH), 4.44 (m, IH), 4.24 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.78 ( t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.4-3.8 (12H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m,lH), 2.48 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.6-2.0 (8H), 1.39 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.0-1.4 (4H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 571.3 [M + H]+.
Figure imgf000110_0001
(E16) Table 16.
Figure imgf000111_0001
[00264] Although the present invention has been described in considerable detail with reference to certain preferred embodiments thereof, other versions are possible. Therefore the spirit and scope of the appended claims should not be limited to the description and the preferred versions contain within this specification.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A composition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (2):
Figure imgf000112_0001
wherein: A1 and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Rla is H or a methyl group; R11, is an alkyl or aryl group; X1 is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or- NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino,alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 is a detectable label or is :
AH, -Rio
G
M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group,
G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R2d)- where R2(j is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)n,- where m is 0, 1, or 2; R10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
2. The composition of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
3. A composition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (3):
Figure imgf000113_0001
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rla and Rib are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either Rla or Rib form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or R1O forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally- substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and Ri8 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R1O is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000114_0001
(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-I7, or any OfR14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'π, Ri2, any of R13-17, or any OfR14-I7 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-J7, or any OfR14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rn, R'π, R12, any of Ri3-17, or any of R14-I7. 4. The composition of claim 3 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
5. A composition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (3):
Figure imgf000115_0001
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rja and Rib are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either Rla or Rib form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally- substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)1- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xRi8- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Ri8 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R1O is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000116_0001
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-I7 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any OfR14-17 is H, optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any OfR14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R' π, Ri2> any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17.
6. The composition of claim 5 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. mposition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the general structure of formula (5)
Figure imgf000117_0001
(5)
where A1 is H, or lower alkyl, or A1 and R^ together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
Rla is H; Rib is lower alkyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
Y is an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Zla, Z1^ or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zla, Z11,, or Rio;
Zia and Zib are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z1 a, Z11,, together with Y or R1O form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z1 a or Z]b, is linked to Y or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R10 is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R]0 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000118_0001
(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfRj3-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13- 17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Z1^ M, G, Rn, R'π, Ri2, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17.
8. The composition of claim 7 that has a Kd for IAP of less that about 1 micromolar.
9. The composition of claim 7 where A1 is H, methyl, or ethyl.
10. The composition of claim 7 where Rla is H; R^ is a methyl or ethyl group.
11. The composition of claim 7 where Y is an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups. 12. The composition of claim 7 where Zla and Z^ are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group.
13. The composition of claim 7 where M is an alkyl or an alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
14. The composition of claim 7 where R1Q is:
Figure imgf000119_0001
and R3, R 3, R4, R5, R 5, are each independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy optionally substituted-alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -(CH2)PC(=O)OH, -(CH2)pC(=O)O-alkyl, or -(CH2)PC (=0)NH2 and where p is independently the integer 0,1, 2, or 3.
15. The composition of claims 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 where Rio is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000119_0002
4(a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11; R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, Ri2, any of Ri3-I7, or any OfR14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups.
16. The composition of claim 7 where Rj0 has the structure of formula (4a):
Figure imgf000120_0001
(4a)
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Ri1, R12, or any OfR14-17 is H, or optional substituents including halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy independently R11, R12, or any OfR14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, or any OfR14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups.
17. The composition of claim 7 that has a Kd for IAP of less that about 0.1 micromolar.
18. The composition of claim 7 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
19. A method of treating cells comprising:
administering to cells that have a proliferation disorder, an amount of the IAP binding compound of claims 3 or 5 that reduces the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells. 20. The method of claim 19 where the IAP binding compound has an EC50 of less than about 1 micromolar.
21. The method of claim 19 where the IAP binding compound has an EC50 of less than about
0.06 micromolar.
22. The method of claim 21 where the compound has a K^ for LAP of less that about 0.1 micromolar.
23. A compound of formula (2):
Figure imgf000121_0001
(2)
wherein: A1 and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Rla is H or a methyl group; Ru, is an alkyl or aryl group; X1 is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or- NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino,alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 is a detectable label or is :
AH-, ^RiO
G'
M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group,
G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R2d)- where R2d is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)n,- where m is 0, 1, or 2; R10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
4. A compound of formula (3):
Figure imgf000123_0001
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1 a and Rϊb are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either Rla or Rib form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally- substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)1- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xRi8- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Ri8 is linked to Z, M, or Ri0;
n aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000124_0001
(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rn, R'π, Rj2, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-I7 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-I7 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'π, R12, any of R13-17, or any OfR14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfRi3-17, or any OfRi4-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rn, R'π, R12, any of Ri3-17, or any OfR14-I7.
5. A compound of formula (3) :
Figure imgf000125_0001
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1 a and Rib are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either Rla or Rib form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally- substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)1- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCORi8-; or -NS(O)xRi8- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and Rj8 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Ri8 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
Rio is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000126_0001
(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any of Ri3-I7, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently Rn, R'π, R12, any of R13-I7, or any OfR14-17 is H, optionally- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any of Ri3-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-I7.
6. A compound of formula (5)
Figure imgf000127_0001
(5)
where A1 is H, or lower alkyl, or A1 and Ru> together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
Rla is H; Rϊb is lower alkyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
Y is an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Zla, Zn3, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zla, Z1^ or Rio;
Zla and Ztb are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zla, Z1^ together with Y or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zla or Ztb, is linked to Y or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xRi8- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1O is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000128_0001
(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, Ri2, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13- 17, or any OfR14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11; R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Z1),, M, G, R11, R'π, R12, any OfRi3-17, or any OfR14-17.
27. A compound of the general formula (5)
Figure imgf000128_0002
where A1 is H, or lower alkyl;
R1 a is H; Rib is lower alkyl group;
Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups;
Z1 a and Zib are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR1S- and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally- substituted lower alkyl group;
R1O is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
Figure imgf000129_0001
4(a) 4(b) 4(c) 4(d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Zlb, M, G, Rn, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of Ri4-I7.
28. A compound of formula (S)
Figure imgf000130_0001
(5)
where A1 is H, or methyl;
R1 a is H; Rib is methyl or ethyl;
Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, or hydroxy substituted versions of these groups;
Zla and Zib are independently an H, hydroxy, or alkoxy group;
M is a methyl group;
G is a bond;
Rio is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is any one of structures (4a) or (4b):
Figure imgf000131_0001
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'π, R12, any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'n, Ri2j any OfR13-17, or any OfR14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1 a, Zlb, M, G, R11, R'n, Ri2, any of R13.17, or any OfR14-17.
29. The compound of Formula (5) as claimed in claim 28, in which R10 is:
Figure imgf000132_0001
30. The compound of Formula (5) as claimed in claim 28, in which X2 is nitrogen.
PCT/US2005/025208 2004-07-15 2005-07-15 Iap binding compounds WO2006020060A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007521691A JP5230865B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2005-07-15 IAP binding compound
EP05792764.2A EP1773766B1 (en) 2004-07-15 2005-07-15 Iap binding compounds
AU2005274937A AU2005274937B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2005-07-15 IAP binding compounds
ES05792764.2T ES2475207T3 (en) 2004-07-15 2005-07-15 IAP binding compounds
CA2574040A CA2574040C (en) 2004-07-15 2005-07-15 Iap binding compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US58805004P 2004-07-15 2004-07-15
US60/588,050 2004-07-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006020060A2 true WO2006020060A2 (en) 2006-02-23
WO2006020060A3 WO2006020060A3 (en) 2007-02-15

Family

ID=35907930

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/025208 WO2006020060A2 (en) 2004-07-15 2005-07-15 Iap binding compounds

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (6) US7456209B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1773766B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5230865B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2005274937B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2574040C (en)
ES (1) ES2475207T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2006020060A2 (en)

Cited By (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006091972A3 (en) * 2005-02-25 2006-10-05 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Dimeric iap inhibitors
US7244851B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2007-07-17 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
WO2008014236A1 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric iap inhibitors
WO2008014252A2 (en) 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Iap inhibitors
WO2008014263A3 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-03-13 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Cor Dimeric iap antagonists
US7345081B2 (en) 2004-03-23 2008-03-18 Genentech, Inc. Azabicyclo-octane inhibitors of IAP
WO2008014240A3 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-10-16 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Cor Dimeric iap inhibitors
US7456209B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2008-11-25 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation IAP binding compounds
JP2009529544A (en) * 2006-03-16 2009-08-20 アエゲラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds that bind to the BIR domain of IAP
JP2009537461A (en) * 2006-05-16 2009-10-29 アエゲラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド IAPBIR domain binding protein
JP2010523717A (en) * 2007-04-12 2010-07-15 ジョイアント ファーマスーティカルズ、インク. SMAC mimetic dimers and trimers useful as anticancer agents
US8063095B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2011-11-22 Pharmascience Inc. IAP BIR domain binding compounds
US8063218B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2011-11-22 Genentech, Inc. Imidazopyridine inhibitors of IAP
US8247557B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2012-08-21 Genentech, Inc. IAP inhibitors
US8283372B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-10-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. 2-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine dimer as a SMAC mimetic
US8445440B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2013-05-21 Novartis Ag Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US8575113B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2013-11-05 Pharmascience Inc. BIR domain binding compounds
US8609845B2 (en) 2004-12-20 2013-12-17 Genentech, Inc. Pyrrolidine inhibitors of IAP
WO2014074658A1 (en) * 2012-11-09 2014-05-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Macrocyclic compounds for inhibition of inhibitors of apoptosis
US8835393B2 (en) 2008-08-02 2014-09-16 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
US8907092B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2014-12-09 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
US8993523B2 (en) 2010-12-13 2015-03-31 Novartis Ag Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US9284350B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-03-15 Pharmascience Inc. IAP BIR domain binding compounds
WO2021148396A1 (en) 2020-01-20 2021-07-29 Astrazeneca Ab Epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2022130411A1 (en) * 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Smac mimetics for treatment of cancer, process for preparation and pharmaceutical composition thereof
EP3936126A4 (en) * 2019-03-07 2022-12-21 Chia Tai Tianqing Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. Combination of iap inhibitor and immune checkpoint inhibitor

Families Citing this family (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100256046A1 (en) * 2009-04-03 2010-10-07 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Treatment of proliferative disorders
CA2617642A1 (en) * 2005-08-09 2007-02-22 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Treatment of proliferative disorders
BRPI0708942A2 (en) * 2006-03-21 2011-06-14 Joyant Pharmaceuticals Inc apoptosis promoting compound, use and method of production thereof and pharmaceutical composition
WO2008014238A2 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric iap inhibitors
US20100203012A1 (en) * 2007-05-30 2010-08-12 Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. Iap bir domain binding compounds
CA2695384A1 (en) * 2007-07-31 2009-02-05 Burnham Institute For Medical Research Bi-dentate compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2009136290A1 (en) * 2008-05-05 2009-11-12 Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. Functionalized pyrrolidines and use thereof as iap inhibitors
AU2009261919A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Pharmascience Inc. Bridged secondary amines and use thereof as IAP BIR domain binding compounds
US20100317593A1 (en) * 2009-06-12 2010-12-16 Astrazeneca Ab 2,3-dihydro-1h-indene compounds
EP2478358A1 (en) 2009-09-18 2012-07-25 Novartis AG Biomarkers for iap inhibitor compounds
JP5529282B2 (en) 2009-10-28 2014-06-25 ジョイアント ファーマスーティカルズ、インク. Dimeric Smac mimetics
WO2011068926A1 (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. Iap inhibitors
DK2611797T3 (en) * 2010-08-31 2017-02-13 Hanmi Science Co Ltd QUINOLINE OR QUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES WITH APOPTOSE-INducing ACTIVITY ON CELLS
EP2844764B1 (en) 2012-05-04 2016-06-22 Novartis AG Biomarkers for iap inhibitor therapy
CN103073473B (en) * 2013-01-15 2017-06-23 天津药明康德新药开发有限公司 The 2 pairs of hydroxyl pyrrolidine amino acid of luorobenzyl 3 and preparation method thereof and Anticancer Activities
US9498532B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-11-22 Novartis Ag Antibody drug conjugates
US9498543B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-22 Novartis Ag Antibody drug conjugates
EP3151920A4 (en) 2014-06-04 2017-12-27 Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute Use of inhibitor of apoptosis protein (iap) antagonists in hiv therapy
WO2016020791A1 (en) 2014-08-05 2016-02-11 Novartis Ag Ckit antibody drug conjugates
BR112017001588A2 (en) 2014-08-12 2017-11-21 Novartis Ag cdh6 antibody / drug conjugates
US20190194315A1 (en) 2015-06-17 2019-06-27 Novartis Ag Antibody drug conjugates
MA44334A (en) 2015-10-29 2018-09-05 Novartis Ag ANTIBODY CONJUGATES INCLUDING A TOLL-TYPE RECEPTOR AGONIST
JOP20190187A1 (en) 2017-02-03 2019-08-01 Novartis Ag Anti-ccr7 antibody drug conjugates
WO2018163051A1 (en) 2017-03-06 2018-09-13 Novartis Ag Methods of treatment of cancer with reduced ubb expression
WO2018185618A1 (en) 2017-04-03 2018-10-11 Novartis Ag Anti-cdh6 antibody drug conjugates and anti-gitr antibody combinations and methods of treatment
AR111651A1 (en) 2017-04-28 2019-08-07 Novartis Ag CONJUGATES OF ANTIBODIES THAT INCLUDE TOLL TYPE RECEIVER AGONISTS AND COMBINATION THERAPIES
WO2018215937A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2018-11-29 Novartis Ag Interleukin-7 antibody cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer
EP3630162A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2020-04-08 Novartis AG Antibody-cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use
AU2018274216A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2019-12-12 Novartis Ag Antibody-cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer
FI3820573T3 (en) 2018-07-10 2023-11-01 Novartis Ag 3-(5-hydroxy-1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and their use in the treatment of ikaros family zinc finger 2 (ikzf2)-dependent diseases
AR116109A1 (en) 2018-07-10 2021-03-31 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF 3- (5-AMINO-1-OXOISOINDOLIN-2-IL) PIPERIDINE-2,6-DIONA AND USES OF THE SAME
WO2020089811A1 (en) 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 Novartis Ag Dc-sign antibody drug conjugates
CA3123511A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Novartis Ag Dosing regimen and pharmaceutical combination comprising 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives
CA3123996A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2019-12-18 Novartis Ag Antibodies to pmel17 and conjugates thereof
CA3123519A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2020-08-20 Novartis Ag Substituted 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and uses thereof
WO2020165833A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2020-08-20 Novartis Ag 3-(1-oxo-5-(piperidin-4-yl)isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and uses thereof
CN114514032A (en) 2019-08-02 2022-05-17 兰提欧派普有限公司 Angiotensin type 2 (AT2) receptor agonists for the treatment of cancer
CN115175937A (en) 2019-12-20 2022-10-11 诺华股份有限公司 Combination of anti-TIM-3 antibody MBG453 and anti-TGF-beta antibody NIS793 with or without decitabine or anti-PD-1 antibody, gabapentin, for the treatment of myelofibrosis and myelodysplastic syndrome
US20230181756A1 (en) 2020-04-30 2023-06-15 Novartis Ag Ccr7 antibody drug conjugates for treating cancer
JP2023529211A (en) 2020-06-11 2023-07-07 ノバルティス アーゲー ZBTB32 inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2023531676A (en) 2020-06-23 2023-07-25 ノバルティス アーゲー Dosing Regimens Containing 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione Derivatives
WO2022029573A1 (en) 2020-08-03 2022-02-10 Novartis Ag Heteroaryl substituted 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and uses thereof
TW202304979A (en) 2021-04-07 2023-02-01 瑞士商諾華公司 USES OF ANTI-TGFβ ANTIBODIES AND OTHER THERAPEUTIC AGENTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PROLIFERATIVE DISEASES
EP4323526A1 (en) 2021-04-16 2024-02-21 Novartis AG Antibody drug conjugates and methods for making thereof
AR125874A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2023-08-23 Novartis Ag COMBINATION THERAPIES
WO2023214325A1 (en) 2022-05-05 2023-11-09 Novartis Ag Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives and uses thereof as tet2 inhibitors
WO2024023666A1 (en) 2022-07-26 2024-02-01 Novartis Ag Crystalline forms of an akr1c3 dependent kars inhibitor

Family Cites Families (70)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3854480A (en) * 1969-04-01 1974-12-17 Alza Corp Drug-delivery system
US3832253A (en) * 1973-03-21 1974-08-27 Baxter Laboratories Inc Method of making an inflatable balloon catheter
DE2714880A1 (en) * 1977-04-02 1978-10-26 Hoechst Ag CEPHEMDER DERIVATIVES AND PROCESS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
US4667014A (en) * 1983-03-07 1987-05-19 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Nonapeptide and decapeptide analogs of LHRH, useful as LHRH antagonists
US4452775A (en) * 1982-12-03 1984-06-05 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Cholesterol matrix delivery system for sustained release of macromolecules
CA1200416A (en) * 1983-05-13 1986-02-11 Societe Des Produits Nestle S.A. Food process
US5075109A (en) * 1986-10-24 1991-12-24 Southern Research Institute Method of potentiating an immune response
US5208007A (en) 1988-11-22 1993-05-04 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Isotopic tracer composition and method for making and using same
JPH04167172A (en) * 1990-10-31 1992-06-15 Nec Corp Vector processor
US5766572A (en) * 1992-08-05 1998-06-16 Meito Sangyo Kabushiki Kaisha Water-soluble carboxypolysaccharide-magnetic iron oxide complex having a small particle diameter
US6187557B1 (en) * 1995-08-08 2001-02-13 Tularik Inc. c-IAP1 and c-IAP2: inhibitors of apoptosis
US5786173A (en) * 1996-03-19 1998-07-28 Idun Pharmaceuticals, Inc. MCH4 and MCH5, apoptotic protease, nucleic acids encoding and methods of use
US6133437A (en) * 1997-02-13 2000-10-17 Apoptogen, Inc. Modulation of IAPs for the treatment of proliferative diseases
US5961955A (en) 1997-06-03 1999-10-05 Coulter Pharmaceutical, Inc. Radioprotectant for peptides labeled with radioisotope
US5977311A (en) 1997-09-23 1999-11-02 Curagen Corporation 53BP2 complexes
US6338811B2 (en) * 1998-03-19 2002-01-15 Seagate Technology Surface planarization of magnetic disk media
US6110691A (en) * 2000-01-06 2000-08-29 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Activators of caspases
US6608026B1 (en) * 2000-08-23 2003-08-19 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Apoptotic compounds
CA2420534A1 (en) 2000-08-24 2002-02-28 Thomas Jefferson University An iap binding peptide or polypeptide and methods of using the same
AU2001293189A1 (en) 2000-09-29 2002-04-08 Trustees Of Princeton University Compositions and methods for regulating apoptosis
US6992063B2 (en) * 2000-09-29 2006-01-31 The Trustees Of Princeton University Compositions and method for regulating apoptosis
WO2002030959A2 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Abbott Laboratories Peptides derived from smac (diablo) and methods of use therefor
US20020160975A1 (en) * 2001-02-08 2002-10-31 Thomas Jefferson University Conserved XIAP-interaction motif in caspase-9 and Smac/DIABLO for mediating apoptosis
EP1421204A4 (en) * 2001-05-31 2004-12-15 Univ Princeton Iap binding peptides and assays for identifying compounds that bind iap
US7141589B2 (en) 2001-08-23 2006-11-28 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Methods of inhibiting formation of vascular channels and methods of inhibiting proliferation
US20060258581A1 (en) * 2001-11-21 2006-11-16 Reed John C Methods and composition for derepressions of IAP-inhibited caspase
JP2005510569A (en) * 2001-11-21 2005-04-21 ザ バーナム インスティチュート Methods and compositions for activation of IAP-inhibited caspases
WO2004005248A1 (en) 2002-07-02 2004-01-15 Novartis Ag Peptide inhibitors of smac protein binding to inhibitor of apoptosis proteins (iap)
ATE415413T1 (en) * 2002-07-15 2008-12-15 Univ Princeton IAP BINDING COMPOUNDS
US20080199439A1 (en) 2003-02-12 2008-08-21 Mclendon George L IAP-binding cargo molecules and peptidomimetics for use in diagnostic and therapeutic methods
US7135575B2 (en) * 2003-03-03 2006-11-14 Array Biopharma, Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
CA2553871A1 (en) 2004-01-16 2005-08-04 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Smac peptidomimetics and the uses thereof
AU2005206929B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2008-01-24 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Conformationally constrained Smac mimetics and the uses thereof
WO2005074989A2 (en) 2004-02-05 2005-08-18 Novartis Ag Combination of a dna topoisomerase inhibitor and an iap inhibitor
US20070217607A1 (en) 2004-02-15 2007-09-20 Matrixview Limited Repetition Coded Compression For Encrypting Highly Correlated Data
WO2005084317A2 (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-15 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Dimeric small molecule potentiators of apoptosis
EP1740173A4 (en) * 2004-03-23 2009-05-27 Genentech Inc Azabicyclo-octane inhibitors of iap
DK2253614T3 (en) 2004-04-07 2013-01-07 Novartis Ag IAP inhibitors
RU2401840C2 (en) * 2004-07-02 2010-10-20 Дженентек, Инк. Iap inhibitors
US7674787B2 (en) 2004-07-09 2010-03-09 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Conformationally constrained Smac mimetics and the uses thereof
WO2006017295A2 (en) 2004-07-12 2006-02-16 Idun Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrapeptide analogs
JP5230865B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2013-07-10 テトラロジック ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション IAP binding compound
JP5007235B2 (en) * 2004-12-20 2012-08-22 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド IAP pyrrolidine inhibitors
CN103083644B (en) * 2005-02-25 2014-05-28 泰特拉洛吉克药业公司 Dimeric iap inhibitors
US20070003535A1 (en) * 2005-03-17 2007-01-04 Reed John C Methods and compositions for derepression of IAP-inhibited caspase
US7772177B2 (en) * 2005-05-18 2010-08-10 Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. BIR domain binding compounds
WO2006128455A2 (en) 2005-05-25 2006-12-07 2Curex Aps Compounds modifying apoptosis
RU2007147959A (en) 2005-06-08 2009-07-20 Новартис АГ (CH) ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
CA2617642A1 (en) * 2005-08-09 2007-02-22 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Treatment of proliferative disorders
US20070203749A1 (en) 2005-08-09 2007-08-30 Sri Chunduru Business methods for compounds for treatment of proliferative disorders
CA2564872C (en) * 2005-10-25 2010-12-21 Aegera Therapeutics Inc. Iap bir domain binding compounds
WO2007106192A2 (en) 2005-12-19 2007-09-20 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of iap
JP5227805B2 (en) * 2005-12-20 2013-07-03 ノバルティス アーゲー Combination of IAP inhibitor and taxane 7
WO2007101347A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2007-09-13 Aegera Therapeutics Inc. Bir domain binding compounds
TWI504597B (en) * 2006-03-16 2015-10-21 Pharmascience Inc Iap bir domain binding compounds
BRPI0708942A2 (en) * 2006-03-21 2011-06-14 Joyant Pharmaceuticals Inc apoptosis promoting compound, use and method of production thereof and pharmaceutical composition
PT2019671E (en) 2006-05-05 2014-12-18 Univ Michigan Intermediates for the preparation of bivalent smac mimetics
US8202902B2 (en) * 2006-05-05 2012-06-19 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Bivalent SMAC mimetics and the uses thereof
NZ572836A (en) * 2006-05-16 2011-12-22 Pharmascience Inc Iap bir domain binding compounds
WO2008014252A2 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Iap inhibitors
JP5228202B2 (en) 2006-07-24 2013-07-03 テトラロジック ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション Dimeric IAP antagonist
PE20110218A1 (en) 2006-08-02 2011-04-01 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF 2-OXO-ETHYL-AMINO-PROPIONAMIDE-PYRROLIDIN-2-IL-SUBSTITUTED AS INHIBITORS OF THE BINDING OF THE PROTEIN Smac TO THE INHIBITOR OF THE PROTEIN OF APOPTOSIS
MX2009004061A (en) 2006-10-19 2009-04-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds.
CA2671607A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-07-03 Genentech, Inc. Imidazopyridine inhibitors of iap
CA2684169C (en) * 2007-04-12 2012-06-19 Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Smac mimetic dimers and trimers useful as anti-cancer agents
CL2008001234A1 (en) 2007-04-30 2008-09-22 Genentech Inc COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM NITROGEN HETEROCICLES, INHIBITORS OF APOPTOSIS PROTEINS; AND USE IN THE TREATMENT OF CANCER.
EP2328412A4 (en) 2008-09-17 2012-03-14 Tetralogic Pharm Corp Iap inhibitors
CA2763614A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2010-12-02 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. Iap inhibitors
WO2010138666A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2010-12-02 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. Iap inhibitors
US8283372B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-10-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. 2-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine dimer as a SMAC mimetic

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None

Cited By (57)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7345081B2 (en) 2004-03-23 2008-03-18 Genentech, Inc. Azabicyclo-octane inhibitors of IAP
US7244851B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2007-07-17 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
US8110568B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2012-02-07 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
US8980837B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2015-03-17 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
US9840464B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2017-12-12 TetraLogic Birinapant UK Ltd. IAP binding compounds
US8802716B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2014-08-12 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation IAP binding compounds
US7968590B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2011-06-28 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation IAP binding compounds
US9394249B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2016-07-19 TetraLogic Birinapant UK Ltd. IAP binding compounds
US7456209B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2008-11-25 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation IAP binding compounds
US9040706B2 (en) 2004-12-20 2015-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Pyrrolidine inhibitors of IAP
US8609845B2 (en) 2004-12-20 2013-12-17 Genentech, Inc. Pyrrolidine inhibitors of IAP
US9920093B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2018-03-20 TetraLogic Birinapant UK Ltd. Dimeric IAP inhibitors
AU2006216450B2 (en) * 2005-02-25 2011-12-22 Medivir Ab Dimeric IAP inhibitors
EA012810B1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2009-12-30 Тетралоджик Фармасеутикалс Dimeric iap inhibitors
WO2006091972A3 (en) * 2005-02-25 2006-10-05 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Dimeric iap inhibitors
US8822525B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2014-09-02 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP inhibitors
KR101317661B1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2013-10-15 테트랄로직 파마슈티칼스 코포레이션 Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US9187490B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2015-11-17 TetraLogic Birinapant UK Ltd. Dimeric IAP inhibitors
AU2006216450C1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2013-01-10 Medivir Ab Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US8022230B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2011-09-20 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US8497297B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2013-07-30 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP inhibitors
EP2385038A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2011-11-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US7517906B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2009-04-14 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US8575113B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2013-11-05 Pharmascience Inc. BIR domain binding compounds
US8063095B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2011-11-22 Pharmascience Inc. IAP BIR domain binding compounds
US8247557B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2012-08-21 Genentech, Inc. IAP inhibitors
JP2009529544A (en) * 2006-03-16 2009-08-20 アエゲラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds that bind to the BIR domain of IAP
JP2009537461A (en) * 2006-05-16 2009-10-29 アエゲラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド IAPBIR domain binding protein
WO2008014263A3 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-03-13 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Cor Dimeric iap antagonists
WO2008014252A2 (en) 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Iap inhibitors
US7985735B2 (en) 2006-07-24 2011-07-26 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP inhibitors
AU2007276760B2 (en) * 2006-07-24 2012-01-19 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP antagonists
JP2009544727A (en) * 2006-07-24 2009-12-17 テトラロジック ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション IAP inhibitor
EP2409984A1 (en) * 2006-07-24 2012-01-25 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric IAP Antagonists
WO2008014240A3 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-10-16 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Cor Dimeric iap inhibitors
US8143426B2 (en) 2006-07-24 2012-03-27 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation IAP inhibitors
WO2008014252A3 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-03-13 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Cor Iap inhibitors
WO2008014236A1 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric iap inhibitors
US8063218B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2011-11-22 Genentech, Inc. Imidazopyridine inhibitors of IAP
JP2010523717A (en) * 2007-04-12 2010-07-15 ジョイアント ファーマスーティカルズ、インク. SMAC mimetic dimers and trimers useful as anticancer agents
US8907092B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2014-12-09 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
US8835393B2 (en) 2008-08-02 2014-09-16 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of IAP
US8283372B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-10-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. 2-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine dimer as a SMAC mimetic
US11351221B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2022-06-07 Medivir Ab SMAC mimetic
US8986993B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2015-03-24 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation SMAC mimetic for treating myelodysplastic syndromes
US8603816B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2013-12-10 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. SMAC mimetic
US10034912B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2018-07-31 TetraLogic Birinapant UK Ltd. SMAC Mimetic
US10314881B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2019-06-11 Medivir Ab SMAC mimetic
US10596220B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2020-03-24 Medivir Ab SMAC mimetic
US11951147B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2024-04-09 Medivir Ab SMAC mimetic
US9284350B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-03-15 Pharmascience Inc. IAP BIR domain binding compounds
US8445440B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2013-05-21 Novartis Ag Dimeric IAP inhibitors
US8993523B2 (en) 2010-12-13 2015-03-31 Novartis Ag Dimeric IAP inhibitors
WO2014074658A1 (en) * 2012-11-09 2014-05-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Macrocyclic compounds for inhibition of inhibitors of apoptosis
EP3936126A4 (en) * 2019-03-07 2022-12-21 Chia Tai Tianqing Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. Combination of iap inhibitor and immune checkpoint inhibitor
WO2021148396A1 (en) 2020-01-20 2021-07-29 Astrazeneca Ab Epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2022130411A1 (en) * 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Smac mimetics for treatment of cancer, process for preparation and pharmaceutical composition thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US7968590B2 (en) 2011-06-28
US20060025347A1 (en) 2006-02-02
AU2005274937B2 (en) 2011-08-18
EP1773766B1 (en) 2014-04-02
US20110294827A1 (en) 2011-12-01
US20150307448A1 (en) 2015-10-29
US20160289183A1 (en) 2016-10-06
US7456209B2 (en) 2008-11-25
WO2006020060A3 (en) 2007-02-15
US20090048183A1 (en) 2009-02-19
JP5230865B2 (en) 2013-07-10
ES2475207T3 (en) 2014-07-10
JP2008506712A (en) 2008-03-06
EP1773766A2 (en) 2007-04-18
US9394249B2 (en) 2016-07-19
US20130289075A1 (en) 2013-10-31
US9840464B2 (en) 2017-12-12
CA2574040A1 (en) 2006-02-23
US8802716B2 (en) 2014-08-12
CA2574040C (en) 2014-05-06
AU2005274937A1 (en) 2006-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9840464B2 (en) IAP binding compounds
US7718600B2 (en) IAP binding compounds
Verdoes et al. A fluorescent broad-spectrum proteasome inhibitor for labeling proteasomes in vitro and in vivo
JP4954983B2 (en) BIR domain binding compound
EP2024362A1 (en) Iap bir domain binding compounds
WO2008144925A1 (en) Iap bir domain binding compounds
US10383956B2 (en) Fluorescent probe for detecting dipeptidyl peptidase IV
Dubowchik et al. Fluoresceinated FKBP12 ligands for a high-throughput fluorescence polarization assay
US20030125561A1 (en) Uronium and immonium salts for peptide coupling
AU2002310004A1 (en) Uronium and immonium salts for peptide coupling
CN110028508B (en) Antitumor diazo bicyclic apoptosis protein inhibitor
MX2007000521A (en) Iap binding compounds
US7482473B2 (en) Coumarin derivative
Shi et al. Synthesis of a C-terminally biotinylated macrocyclic peptide mimetic exhibiting high Grb2 SH2 domain-binding affinity
WO2023167282A1 (en) O-function-type activatable raman probe
Berry et al. Synthesis of external β-turn templates by reaction of protected dehydroamino acids with cyclic enaminoesters
US20110301233A1 (en) Novel Polyisoprenylated Benzophenone Derivatives from Garcinia paucinervis

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005274937

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007521691

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2007/000521

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2574040

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005792764

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005274937

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050715

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005274937

Country of ref document: AU

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005792764

Country of ref document: EP